0>>>>116-03-92 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन16-03-92 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban16-03-92 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x16-03-92 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 16-03-92 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2होली मनाना अर्थात् दृढ़ संकल्प की अग्नि में कमज़ोरियों को जलाना और मिलन की मौज मनाना . hōlī|holy manānā arthāt dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kī|key agni mē̃ kamzōriyō̃ kō jalānā aur milan kī|key mauj manānā . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key agni[x] mē̃[postp.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is determined thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fire in weakness to burn[inf.m.sg.d.] and meeting (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) pleasure celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] .
1To celebrate Holi means to burn the weaknesses in the fire of determined thought and to celebrate the pleasure of ameeting.
3अव्यक्त बापदादा होली हंस आत्माओं के प्रति बोलेःavyakt bāpdādā hōlī|holy hans ātmāō̃ kē prati bōlēḥavyakt[adj.] bāpdādā hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hans[x]|hãsnā[root] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] xavyakt BapDada (Holi|holy) (swan|laugh out[root]) soul for x
2Today, BapDada, the Master of the spiritual garden is seeing a double garden.
4आज रूहानी बगीचे के मालिक बापदादा डबल बगीचा देख रहे हैं . āj rūhānī bagīchē kē|K mālik bāpdādā double bagīchā dēkh rahē haĩ . āj rūhānī[adj.] bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā double bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today spiritual garden (of|K) master BapDada double garden see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3(Today, the stage is decorated as a beautiful garden.)
5 ( आज स्टेज पर बहुत सुन्दर बगीचा सजाया हुआ है ) एक तरफ है प्रकृति की सुन्दरता और दूसरे तरफ है रूहानी रूहे गुलाब बगीचे की शोभा . ( āj stage par bahut sundar bagīchā sajāyā huā hai ) ēk taraph hai prakr̥iti kī|key sundartā aur dūsrē taraph hai rūhānī rūhē gulāb bagīchē kī|key śhōbhā . ( āj stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] bahut sundar[adj.] bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) ēk taraph[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sundartā[n.f.;sg.] aur dūsrē taraph[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] rūhānī[adj.] rūhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gulāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhōbhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . ( today stage (at|other) very x garden decorate[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) x be[pres.sg.23] matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x and x be[pres.sg.23] spiritual spiritual rose garden (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 6ड्रामा में आदि काल सतयुग में प्रकृति की सतोप्रधान सुन्दरता आप मास्टर आदि देव , आदि श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को ही प्राप्त होती है . drama mē̃ ādi kāl satyug mē̃ prakr̥iti kī|key satōpradhān sundartā āp master ādi dēv , ādi śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō hī prāpt hōtī hai . drama mē̃[postp.] ādi kāl[x] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key satōpradhān[adj.] sundartā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] master ādi dēv[x] , ādi[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . drama in beginning golden age in matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) satopradhan x you master Adi Dev , etc. elevated soul to only reached be[pres.sg.f.23] .
4On one side is the beauty of nature, and on the other side is the beauty of the garden of the spiritual roses. 5The satopradhan beauty of nature at the beginning of the drama in satyug is only for you spiritual, elevated souls, and is only attained by you master adi dev, adi souls. 6Even at this time of the final moments, you can see the beauty of nature.
7इस समय अन्तिम काल में भी प्रकृति की सुन्दरता देख रहे हो . is samay antim kāl mē̃ bhī prakr̥iti kī|key sundartā dēkh rahē hō . is samay[x] antim[adj.] kal mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sundartā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . at this time final x in too matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
7However, there is so much difference between that of the beginning and that of the end.
8लेकिन आदि काल और अन्तिम काल में कितना अन्तर है ! lēkin ādi kāl aur antim kāl mē̃ kitnā antar hai ! lēkin ādi kāl[x] aur antim[adj.] kal mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! but beginning and final x in so difference be[pres.sg.23] ! 9आपके सतयुगी राज्य में प्रकृति का स्वरूप कितना श्रेष्ठ सतो प्रधान सुन्दर होगा ! āpkē satyugī rājya mē̃ prakr̥iti kā svarūp kitnā śhrēṣhṭh satō pradhān sundar hōgā ! āp[pn.pl.kē] satyugī[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] satō, satōguṇ pradhān[adj.] sundar[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! you[.kē] golden-aged kingdom in matter of form so elevated sato x x be[fut.m.sg.23] !
8How elevated, satopradhan and beautiful the form of nature will be in your golden aged kingdom! 9There is so much difference between the garden there and your garden here.
10वहाँ के बगीचे और यहाँ आपके बगीचे में कितना अन्तर है ! vahā̃ kē|K bagīchē aur yahā̃ āpkē bagīchē mē̃ kitnā antar hai ! vahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur yahā̃ āp[pn.pl.kē] bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! there (of|K) garden and here you[.kē] garden in so difference be[pres.sg.23] !
10You have experienced that real fragrance, have you not?
11वह रीयल खुशबू अनुभव की है ना ? vah real khuśhbū anubhav kī hai nā ? vah[pn.sg.d.] real khuśhbū[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā ? that real fragrance experience do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ ?
11Even so, nature plays its very good part till the end.
12फिर भी प्रकृति पति आप श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें हो . phir bhī prakr̥iti pati āp śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ hō . phir bhī[x] prakr̥iti[x] pati[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . nevertheless matter husband you elevated soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
12But you elevated souls are the masters of nature.
13प्रकृति पति हो , इस प्रकृति के खेल को देख हर्षित होते हो . prakr̥iti pati hō , is prakr̥iti kē|K khēl kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē hō . prakr̥iti[x] pati[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.o.] prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] . matter husband (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this matter (of|K) (play|play[root]) to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.2] .
13You are the masters of nature, and so you are happy on seeing the games of nature.
14चाहे प्रकृति हलचल करे , चाहे प्रकृति सुन्दर खेल दिखाए - दोनों में प्रकृति-पति आत्माएं साक्षी हो खेल देखती हो . chāhē prakr̥iti halchal karē , chāhē prakr̥iti sundar khēl dikhāē - dōnō̃ mē̃ prakr̥iiti-pati ātmāē̃ sākṣhī hō khēl dēkhtī hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] prakr̥iti[x] halchal[x] karnā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] prakr̥iti[x] sundar[adj.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dikhānā[opt.sg.23] - dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] prakr̥iti-pati[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[pres.pl.f.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) matter upheaval do[opt.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) matter x (play|play[root]) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) - x in lord of matter soul detached observer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (play|play[root]) see[pres.pl.f.2] .
14Whether nature fluctuates or shows you beautiful games, the souls who are the masters of nature observe both these games as detached observers. 15You do not become confused by the games.
15खेल में मज़ा लेते हैं , घबराते नहीं है . khēl mē̃ mazā lētē haĩ , ghabrātē nahī̃ hai . khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ghabrānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (play|play[root]) in pleasure take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , be afraid[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
16You experience pleasure, you do not get confused.
16इसलिए बापदादा तपस्या द्वारा साक्षीपन की स्थिति के आसन पर अचल अडोल स्थित रहने का विशेष अभ्यास करा रहे हैं . isliē bāpdādā tapasyā dvārā sākṣhīpan kī|key sthiti kē|K āsan par achal aḍōl sthit rahnē kā viśhēṣh abhyās karā rahē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā sākṣhīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] achal aḍōl[adj.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore BapDada tapasya through being a detached observer (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage (of|K) seat (at|other) unshakeable unshakeable stabilised remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of special practice make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 17तो यह स्थिति का आसन सबको अच्छा लगता है या हलचल का आसन अच्छा लगता है ? tō yah sthiti kā āsan sabkō achchhā lagtā hai yā halchal kā āsan achchhā lagtā hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā halchal[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then this stage of seat everything enjoy or upheaval of seat enjoy ?
17This is why BapDada is especially making you have the practice through tapasya, of stabilising yourself in the unshakeable and immovable stage by seating you on the stage of a detached observer. 18So do all of you like the seat of this stage? 19Is it good?
18अचल आसन अच्छा लगता है ना . achal āsan achchhā lagtā hai nā . achal āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . unshakeable seat enjoy ∅ .
20Or, is the seat of fluctuation better?
19कोई भी बात हो जाए चाहे प्रकृति की , चाहे व्यक्ति की दोनों अचल स्थिति के आसन को ज़रा भी हिला नहीं सकते हैं . kōī bhī bāt hō jāē chāhē prakr̥iti kī|key , chāhē vyakti kī|key dōnō̃ achal sthiti kē|K āsan kō zarā bhī hilā nahī̃ saktē haĩ . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dōnō̃ achal sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] zarā bhī[p.] hilānā[root]|hilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . anyone matter be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x unshakeable stage (of|K) seat to x too (make fluctuate[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
21You like an unshakeable seat, do you not? 22No matter what happens, whether through nature or individuals, neither can even slightly shake the seat of an unshakeable stage.
20इतने पक्के हो ना या अभी होना है ? itnē pakkē hō nā yā abhī hōnā hai ? itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā yā ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? such firm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ or now be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
23You are that firm, are you not?
21प्रकृति के भी पांच खिलाड़ी हैं और माया के भी पांच खिलाड़ी हैं . prakr̥iti kē|K bhī pāñch khilāṛī haĩ aur māyā kē|K bhī pāñch khilāṛī haĩ . prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] pañch[adj.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] pañch[adj.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . matter (of|K) too five x be[pres.pl.12hon3] and Maya (of|K) too five x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
24Or, do you still have to become that? 25Nature has five players and Maya also has five players.
22इन दस खिलाड़ियों को अच्छी तरह से जानते हो ना ? in das khilāṛiyō̃ kō achchhī tarah sē jāntē hō nā ? yah[pn.pl.o.]|in das[adj.] x kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? (this|in) x x to achcha x from know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
26You know all the ten very well, do you not? 27What would players do?
23खिलाड़ी खेल के बिना रहेंगे क्या ? khilāṛī khēl kē|K binā rahē̃gē kyā ? x khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā ? x (play|play[root]) (of|K) without remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what ?
28Would they remain without playing games?
24कभी कोई खिलाड़ी सामने आ जाता है , कभी कोई सामने आ जाता है . kabhī kōī khilāṛī sāmnē ā jātā hai , kabhī kōī sāmnē ā jātā hai . kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] x sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . ever some x x come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , ever some x come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
29So, sometimes one player comes in front of you, and sometimes another player comes in front of you.
25आजकल भी पुरानी दुनिया में खेल देखने के बहुत शौकीन है ना ? ājkal bhī purānī duniyā mē̃ khēl dēkhnē kē|K bahut śhaukīn hai nā ? ājkal bhī[p.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahut śhaukīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? nowadays too old world in (play|play[root]) see[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) very keen be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
30Nowadays, many are very interested in watching games. 31They love to watch games so much!
26कितना प्यार से खेल देखते हैं . kitnā pyār sē khēl dēkhtē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . so love from (play|play[root]) see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 27वो हैं पुरानी दुनिया वाले और आप हो संगमयुगी ब्राह्मण आत्माएं तो खेल देखना एंजाय करना है या घबराना है ? vō haĩ purānī duniyā vālē aur āp hō saṅgamyugī brāhmaṇ ātmāē̃ tō khēl dēkhnā ēñjāy karnā hai yā ghabrānā hai ? vah[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saṅgamyugī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā ghabrānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? that be[pres.pl.12hon3] old world those who and you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x Brahmin soul then (play|play[root]) see[inf.m.sg.d.] x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or be afraid[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
32So you are the Brahmin souls of the confluence age: they are the souls of the old world, whereas you are the souls of the confluence age. 33So should you enjoy yourself in watching the games or should you get confused? 34Do you ever get confused?
28कोई गिरता है , कोई गिराता है , लेकिन खेल देखने वाले को गिरता हुआ देख भी मजा आता और विजय प्राप्त करता हुआ देख भी मजा आता है . kōī girtā hai , kōī girātā hai , lēkin khēl dēkhnē vālē kō girtā huā dēkh bhī majā ātā aur vijay prāpt kartā huā dēkh bhī majā ātā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] girnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] girānā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] girnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] bhī[p.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] bhī[p.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . some fall down[pres.sg.m.23] , some x[pres.sg.m.23] , but (play|play[root]) see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to fall down[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[root] too pleasure come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and victory reached do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[root] too pleasure come[pres.sg.m.23] .
35You do not, do you? 36Some fall and some make others fall, but those who are watching the games enjoy themselves when they see others fall, and they also enjoy themselves when they see others attain victory.
29तो यह भी बहुत बड़ा खेल है . tō yah bhī bahut baṛā khēl hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this too very very (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.23] .
37So, this is also a very big game.
30सिर्फ आसन को नहीं छोड़ो बस . sirph āsan kō nahī̃ chhōṛō bas . sirph[adj.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] basnā[root]|bas . only seat to not renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[root]|simply) .
38Just do not let go of your seat, that is all.
31कितना भी कोई हिलाए लेकिन आप शक्तिशाली आत्माएं हिल नहीं सकती हो . kitnā bhī kōī hilāē lēkin āp śhaktiśhālī ātmāē̃ hil nahī̃ saktī hō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] hilānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|hilānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hilnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.f.2] . so too some (make fluctuate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|make fluctuate[opt.sg.23]) but you powerful soul x[root] not can[pres.pl.f.2] .
39No matter how much someone tries to shake you, you powerful souls cannot be shaken.
32तो बापदादा आज हर एक रूहानी गुलाब को दूख रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā āj har ēk rūhānī gulāb kō dūkh rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā āj har ēk[x] rūhānī[adj.] gulāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] x rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada today each one spiritual rose to x remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
40So today, BapDada is seeing each spiritual rose.
33जब बगीचे में बुलाया है तो बगीचे में पत्ते देखेंगे या फूलों को देखेंगे ? jab bagīchē mē̃ bulāyā hai tō bagīchē mē̃ pattē dēkhē̃gē yā phūlō̃ kō dēkhē̃gē ? jab bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bulānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā phūl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? when garden in call[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then garden in leaf see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or flower to see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
41Since you have called Baba into the garden, what will Baba see in the garden? 42Will He see the leaves or the flowers?
34यह भी अच्छा सजाया है . yah bhī achchhā sajāyā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sajānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this too achcha decorate[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
43You have decorated this well.
35मेहनत करने वालों की कमाल अच्छी है . mēhnat karnē vālō̃ kī|key kamāl achchhī hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . effort do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
44It is a great wonder of those who have made the effort.
36लेकिन बापदादा रूहानी फूलों को देख रहे हैं . lēkin bāpdādā rūhānī phūlō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā rūhānī[adj.] phūl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . but BapDada spiritual flower to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
45However, BapDada is seeing the spiritual flowers.
37वैरायटी तो हैं ना . variety tō haĩ nā . variety tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . variety then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
46Of course there is a variety.
38कोई बहुत सुन्दर रंग रूप वाले हैं . kōī bahut sundar raṅg rūp vālē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] bahut sundar[adj.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . some very x (colour|x[root]) Rup those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 39रंग भी है , रूप भी है . raṅg bhī hai , rūp bhī hai . raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (colour|x[root]) too be[pres.sg.23] , Rup too be[pres.sg.23] .
47Some are very colourful and beautiful; they have colour as well as beauty.
40ओर कोई रंग , रूप और खुशबू वाले होंगे , कोई सिर्फ रंग रूप वाले . ōr kōī raṅg , rūp aur khuśhbū vālē hōṅgē , kōī sirph raṅg rūp vālē . ōr kōī[pn.;d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] , rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur khuśhbū[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] sirph[adj.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . direction some (colour|x[root]) , Rup and fragrance those who be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , some only (colour|x[root]) Rup those who .
48And there are also those who have colour, beauty and fragrance. 49Both are loved ones.
41रंग और रूप तो सभी बच्चों में आ गया है . raṅg aur rūp tō sabhī bachchō̃ mē̃ ā gayā hai . raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] aur rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (colour|x[root]) and Rup then all child in come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
50Here also, some have fragrance, whereas others simply have colour and beauty.
42क्योंकि बाप के संग का रंग तो सबको लग गया है . kyōṅki bāp kē|K saṅg kā raṅg tō sabkō lag gayā hai . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] tō sabkō lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . because father (of|K) company of (colour|x[root]) then everything x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
51All the children now have colour and beauty, because all of you are coloured by the company of the Father.
43कोई व्यवहार की बातों में , पुरूषार्थ की बातों में सम्पूर्ण सन्तुष्टता नहीं भी हो लेकिन बाप के संग का रंग सबको अति प्यारा लगता है . kōī vyavahār kī|key bātō̃ mē̃ , purūṣhārth kī|key bātō̃ mē̃ sampūrṇ santuṣhṭatā nahī̃ bhī hō lēkin bāp kē|K saṅg kā raṅg sabkō ati pyārā lagtā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] vyavahār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] , puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sampūrṇ[adj.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] sabkō ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . some behaviour (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter in , effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter in complete contentment not too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but father (of|K) company of (colour|x[root]) everything x loving x[pres.sg.m.23] .
52Even if some are not completely content about the aspects of interaction with others or in the aspects of making effort, the colour of the company of the Father is extremely loved by all.
44इसलिए रंग सभी में आ गया है और रूप भी परिवर्तन हो गया है क्योंकि ब्राह्मण आत्माएं बन गयीं . isliē raṅg sabhī mē̃ ā gayā hai aur rūp bhī parivartan hō gayā hai kyōṅki brāhmaṇ ātmāē̃ ban gayī̃ . isliē raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] x . therefore (colour|x[root]) all in come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and Rup too transformation be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] because Brahmin soul (x|become[root]) x .
53This is why all of you have the colour, and because you have become Brahmin souls, your form has also transformed.
45भल कैसी भी पुरुषार्थी आत्मा है लेकिन ब्राह्मण आत्मा बनने से रूप ज़रूर बदलता है . bhal kaisī bhī puruṣhārthī ātmā hai lēkin brāhmaṇ ātmā bannē sē rūp zarūr badaltā hai . bhal kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr badalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . although how too effort-maker soul be[pres.sg.23] but Brahmin soul become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from Rup definitely change[pres.sg.m.23] .
54By becoming Brahmin souls, no matter what type of an effortmaker soul you are, your form definitely changes.
46ब्राह्मण आत्मा की चमक सुन्दरता हर एक ब्राह्मण आत्मा में आ जाती है . brāhmaṇ ātmā kī|key chamak sundartā har ēk brāhmaṇ ātmā mē̃ ā jātī hai . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chamaknā[root]|chamak[n.f.;sg.] sundartā[n.f.;sg.] har ēk[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . Brahmin soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[root]|sparkle) x each one Brahmin soul in come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
55Every Brahmin soul has the sparkle and beauty of being a Brahmin soul.
47इसलिए रंग और रूप सबमें दिखाई दे रहा है . isliē raṅg aur rūp sabmē̃ dikhāī dē rahā hai . isliē raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] aur rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabmē̃ dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . therefore (colour|x[root]) and Rup x be visible .
56This is why colour and beauty are visible in each of you.
48खुशबू नम्बरवार है . khuśhbū number-vār hai . khuśhbū[n.f.;sg.] number-wār hōnā[pres.sg.23] . fragrance numberwise be[pres.sg.23] .
57Fragrance is number wise.
49खुशबू है सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता . khuśhbū hai sampūrṇ pavitratā . khuśhbū[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] . fragrance be[pres.sg.23] complete purity .
58Fragrance is complete purity.
50वैसे तो जो भी ब्राह्मण बनते हैं , ब्रह्माकुमार और ब्रह्माकुमारी कहलाते हैं . vaisē tō jō bhī brāhmaṇ bantē haĩ , brahmākumār aur brahmākumārī kahlātē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur brahmākumārī[x] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x then that too Brahmin become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Brahma Kumar and Brahma Kumari call[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
59Generally, those who become Brahmins are called Brahma Kumars and Brahma Kumaris. 60To become a Kumar or a Kumari means to become pure.
51कुमार और कुमारी बनना अर्थात् पवित्र बनना . kumār aur kumārī bannā arthāt pavitra bannā . kumār[x] aur kumārī[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt pavitr[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . kumar and kumari become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is pure become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
61You were told previously also that the definition of purity is very subtle.
52पवित्रता की परिभाषा अति सूक्ष्म है . pavitratā kī|key paribhāṣhā ati sūkṣhma hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ati sūkṣhma[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x subtle be[pres.sg.23] . 53सिर्फ ब्रह्मचर्य नहीं . sirph brahmcharya nahī̃ . sirph[adj.] brahmcharya[x] nahī̃[neg] . only celibacy not .
62It is not just celibacy. 63To be celibate with the body means to be beyond attachment to the body.
54तन से ब्रह्मचारी बनना इसको सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता नहीं कहते . tan sē brahmchārī bannā iskō sampūrṇ pavitratā nahī̃ kahtē . tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] brahmchārī[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . body from those who wish to remain celibate become[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kō] complete purity not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
64Simply to be celibate through the body is not called complete purity.
55मन से भी ब्रह्मचारी हो अर्थात् मन भी सिवाय बाप के और किसी भी प्रकार के लगाव में नहीं आए . man sē bhī brahmchārī hō arthāt man bhī sivāy bāp kē|K aur kisī bhī prakār kē|K lagāv mē̃ nahī̃ āē . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] brahmchārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] arthāt man[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sivāē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lagāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . mind from too those who wish to remain celibate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that is mind too except father (of|K) and (anything|some) too form (of|K) attachment in not (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) . 56तन से भी ब्रह्मचारी , सम्बन्ध में भी ब्रह्मचारी , संस्कार में भी ब्रह्मचारी . tan sē bhī brahmchārī , sambandh mē̃ bhī brahmchārī , saṅskār mē̃ bhī brahmchārī . tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] brahmchārī[x] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] brahmchārī[x] , saṅskār[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] brahmchārī[x] . body from too those who wish to remain celibate , relationship in too those who wish to remain celibate , sanskar in too those who wish to remain celibate .
65To be celibate in the mind means that the mind should not be attached to anyone except the Father. 66To be celibate in the body, celibate in relationships with others, and celibate in your sanskars: the definition of this is very deep and lovely.
57इसकी परिभाषा अति प्यारी और अति गुह्य है . iskī paribhāṣhā ati pyārī aur ati guhya hai . yah[pn.sg.kī] paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur ati guhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.kī] x x loving and x deep be[pres.sg.23] .
67Baba will tell you the detail of this at some other time.
58इसका विस्तार फिर सुनायेंगे . iskā vistār phir sunāyēṅgē . yah[pn.sg.kā] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this[.kā] expansion (turn[root]|then) speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
68Today, you are going to celebrate Holi, are you not?
59आज तो होली मनानी है ना , गुह्य पढ़ाई नहीं हैं , आज मनाना है . āj tō hōlī|holy manānī hai nā , guhya paṛhāī nahī̃ haĩ , āj manānā hai . āj tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā , guhya[adj.] paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āj manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . today then (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ , deep (teach[past-part.f.]|study) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , today celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
69So this is not a deep study; today, you are just going to celebrate.
60होली मनाने वाले कौन हो ? hōlī|holy manānē vālē kaun hō ? hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
70So who are those who are going to celebrate Holi?
61होली हंस हो . hōlī|holy hans hō . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hans[x]|hãsnā[root] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (Holi|holy) (swan|laugh out[root]) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
71The holy swans.
62होली हंस कितने प्यारे है ! hōlī|holy hans kitnē pyārē hai ! hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hans[x]|hãsnā[root] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! (Holi|holy) (swan|laugh out[root]) so loving be[pres.sg.23] !
72How lovely the holy swans are!
63हंस सदा पानी में तैरने वाले होते हैं . hans sadā pānī mē̃ tairnē vālē hōtē haĩ . hans[x]|hãsnā[root] sadā pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] mē̃[postp.] tairnā[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (swan|laugh out[root]) constantly (water|x[inf.f.]) in x[x] those who be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
73Swans are those who constantly swim in the water.
64होली हंस भी सदा ज्ञान जल में तैरने वाले हो . hōlī|holy hans bhī sadā gyān jal mē̃ tairnē vālē hō . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hans[x]|hãsnā[root] bhī[p.] sadā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] jalnā[root]|jal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tairnā[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (Holi|holy) (swan|laugh out[root]) too constantly knowledge (x[root]|x) in x[x] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 65उड़ने वाले और तैरने वाले . uṛnē vālē aur tairnē vālē . uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur tairnā[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and x[x] those who .
74Holy swans are also those who constantly swim in the water of knowledge; they are those who fly and those who swim.
66आप सभी भी उड़ना और तैरना जानते हो ना , ज्ञान मनन करना इसको कहेंगे ज्ञान अमृत में तैरना ओर उड़ना अर्थात् सदा ऊंची स्थिति में रहना . āp sabhī bhī uṛnā aur tairnā jāntē hō nā , gyān manan karnā iskō kahē̃gē gyān amr̥it mē̃ tairnā ōr uṛnā arthāt sadā ūñchī sthiti mē̃ rahnā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur tairnā[x] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] gyān amr̥it[x] mē̃[postp.] tairnā[x] ōr uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt sadā ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you all too fly[inf.m.sg.d.] and x[x] know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , knowledge churning do[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kō] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x in x[x] direction fly[inf.m.sg.d.] that is constantly elevated stage in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
75So all of you know how to fly and how to swim. 76To churn the knowledge means to swim in the nectar of knowledge, and to fly means to constantly remain in an elevated stage. 77You know how to do both, do you not?
67दोनों जानते हो ना ? dōnō̃ jāntē hō nā ? dōnō̃ jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? x know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
78Or, do you only know one?
68सभी के मन में बाप से प्यार तो 100 % से भी आगे है और बाप का प्यार भी हर एक बच्चे से , चाहे वह गिरता है , चाहे चढ़ता भी है , खेल करता है फिर भी बाप का प्यार है . sabhī kē|K man mē̃ bāp sē pyār tō 100 % sē bhī āgē hai aur bāp kā pyār bhī har ēk bachchē sē , chāhē vah girtā hai , chāhē chaṛhtā bhī hai , khēl kartā hai phir bhī bāp kā pyār hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō 100 % sē[postp.] bhī[p.] āgē hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] girnā[pres.sg.m.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chaṛhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] phir bhī[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all (of|K) mind in father from love then 100 % from too previously be[pres.sg.23] and father of love too each one child from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that fall down[pres.sg.m.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) climb[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , (play|play[root]) do[pres.sg.m.23] nevertheless father of love be[pres.sg.23] .
79Do you know both? 80All of you have more than one hundred per cent love in your mind for the Father, and Baba also has love for the children, no matter whether they fall, or whether they climb or play games.
69बाप खेल देखकर समझते हैं कि यह थोड़ा नटखट बच्चा है . bāp khēl dēkhkar samajhtē haĩ ki yah thōṛā naṭkhaṭ bachchā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[abs.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naṭkhaṭ[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father (play|play[root]) see[abs.] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this short mischievous child be[pres.sg.23] .
81Seeing their games, Baba understands that they are slightly mischievous.
70सब बच्चे एक जैसे तो नहीं होते ना . sab bachchē ēk jaisē tō nahī̃ hōtē nā . sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . all child one like then not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ . 71कोई नटखट , कोई गंभीर , कोई रमणीक होते हैं , कोई बहुत फास्ट नेचर के होते हैं . kōī naṭkhaṭ , kōī gambhīr , kōī ramaṇīk hōtē haĩ , kōī bahut fast nature kē|K hōtē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] naṭkhaṭ[adj.] , kōī[pn.;d.] x , kōī[pn.;d.] ramaṇīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] bahut fast nature kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some mischievous , some x , some entertaining be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some very fast nature (of|K) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
82Not all children are the same: some are mischievous, some are serious, some are entertaining and some have a very fast nature.
72फिर भी हैं तो बच्चे ना . phir bhī haĩ tō bachchē nā . phir bhī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nā . nevertheless be[pres.pl.12hon3] then child ∅ .
83But even then, they are still Baba's children.
73बच्चे शब्द ही अति प्यारा है . bachchē śhabda hī ati pyārā hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . child word only x loving be[pres.sg.23] .
84The word, 'children' is very lovely.
74जैसे आप सबके लिए बाप शब्द प्यारा है , तो बाप के लिए बच्चे प्यारे हैं . jaisē āp sabkē liē bāp śhabda pyārā hai , tō bāp kē liē bachchē pyārē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like you everyone's (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) father word loving be[pres.sg.23] , then father for child loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
85Just as the word, 'Bap' is very lovely for all of you, so what is lovely for the Father? 86Children.
75बाप कभी भी कोई बच्चे से दिल शिकस्त नहीं होते हैं . bāp kabhī bhī kōī bachchē sē dil śikasta nahī̃ hōtē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] x nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father ever too some child from heart x not be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
87Baba is never disheartened with any child. 88Heal ways has pure hopes for them.
76सदा शुभ उम्मीदें रखते हैं . sadā śhubh ummīdē̃ rakhtē haĩ . sadā śhubh[adj.] ummīd[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . constantly pure and positive x keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
89Even if some go away, BapDada still has hope in them.
77अगर कोई किनारा भी कर लेते हैं फिर भी बापदादा उसमें भी उम्मीद रखते हैं कि आज नहीं तो कल आ जायेंगे . agar kōī kinārā bhī kar lētē haĩ phir bhī bāpdādā usmē̃ bhī ummīd rakhtē haĩ ki āj nahī̃ tō kal ā jāyēṅgē . agar kōī[pn.;d.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] phir bhī[x] bāpdādā vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] ummīd[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āj nahī̃ tō[x] kal ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . if some x too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] nevertheless BapDada that[.mē̃] too x keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that today otherwise x come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 78कहाँ जायेंगे ? kahā̃ jāyēṅgē ? kahā̃ jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? where go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
90If not today, then tomorrow! 91Where else would they go? 92In physical karmic accounts too, some may be very ill, and some would only be slightly ill.
79जैसे शारीरिक हिसाब-किताब में कोई ज्यादा बीमार भी हो जाता है , उनको ठीक होने में भी ज्यादा समय लगता है . jaisē śhārīrik hisāb-kitāb mē̃ kōī jyādā bīmār bhī hō jātā hai , unkō ṭhīk hōnē mē̃ bhī jyādā samay lagtā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhārīrik[adj.] hisāb-kitāb[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīmār[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , vah[pn.pl.kō] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . like x accounts in some more those who are ill too be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , that[.kō] OK be[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too more time x[pres.sg.m.23] .
93Those who are very ill take a little longer to get better, and those who are only a little ill get better quickly, but both are ill.
80और जो थोड़ा समय बीमार होता है तो वह जल्दी ठीक हो जाता है . aur jō thōṛā samay bīmār hōtā hai tō vah jaldī ṭhīk hō jātā hai . aur jō[pn.;d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bīmār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] jaldī ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . and that short time those who are ill be[pres.sg.m.23] then that very quickly OK be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
94Even physically, no matter how ill someone may be, you never lose hope in him.
81लेकिन है तो बीमार . lēkin hai tō bīmār . lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bīmār[adj.] . but be[pres.sg.23] then those who are ill .
95You constantly have hope in him.
82कैसा भी बीमार हो स्थूल रीति प्रमाण भी बीमार से कभी उम्मीद उतारी नहीं जाती है . kaisā bhī bīmār hō sthūl rīti pramāṇ bhī bīmār sē kabhī ummīd utārī nahī̃ jātī hai . kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bīmār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sthūl[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bīmār[adj.] sē[postp.] kabhī[adv.] ummīd[n.f.;sg.] utārnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . how too those who are ill (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) physical way (under) too those who are ill from ever x x[past-part.f.] not go[pres.sg.f.23] .
96If not today, then tomorrow, he will get better. 97This is why BapDada is never disheartened with any children.
83सदा उम्मीद रखी जाती है - आज नहीं तो कल ठीक हो जायेगा . sadā ummīd rakhī jātī hai - āj nahī̃ tō kal ṭhīk hō jāyēgā . sadā ummīd[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|rakhnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] - āj nahī̃ tō[x] kal ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . constantly x (keep[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|keep[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) - today otherwise x OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . 84इसलिए बापदादा कोई भी बच्चे से नाउम्मीद नहीं होते हैं . isliē bāpdādā kōī bhī bachchē sē nāummīd nahī̃ hōtē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] nāummīd[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . therefore BapDada anyone child from x not be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
98He always has the pure hope that if today the child is a little slack, tomorrow he will become clever.
85सदा शुभ आशायें रखते हैं कि आज थोड़ा सा ढीला है , कल होशियार हो जायेगा . sadā śhubh āśhāyē̃ rakhtē haĩ ki āj thōṛā sā ḍhīlā hai , kal hōśhiyār hō jāyēgā . sadā śhubh[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āj thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kal hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . constantly pure and positive desire keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that today short x x be[pres.sg.23] , x clever be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
99Since the destination is one and the Father is One, where else can they go except to the Father?
86जब मंज़िल एक है , बाप एक है तो कहाँ जायेंगे सिवाए बाप के ? jab mañzil ēk hai , bāp ēk hai tō kahā̃ jāyēṅgē sivāē bāp kē|K ? jab mañzil[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kahā̃ jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sivāē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ? when destination one be[pres.sg.23] , father one be[pres.sg.23] then where go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] except father (of|K) ?
100Even so, all the souls are to receive the inheritance from the Father.
87फिर भी वर्सा हर आत्मा को बाप से ही मिलना है . phir bhī varsā har|her ātmā kō bāp sē hī milnā hai . phir bhī[x] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] har|harnā[root]|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . nevertheless inheritance (x|x[root]) soul to father from only receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
101Even if they insult the Father, Baba would still give them the inheritance of mukti.
88चाहे बाप को गाली भी दे तो भी बाप मुक्ति का वर्सा तो दे ही देंगे . chāhē bāp kō gālī bhī dē tō bhī bāp mukti kā varsā tō dē hī dēgē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] gālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō bhī[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] hī[p.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) father to insult too (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) ∅ father liberation of inheritance then (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) only give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
102All the souls of the entire world are definitely going to receive the inheritance, whether of mukti or jeevanmukti.
89सारे विश्व की सर्व आत्माओं को चाहे मुक्ति , चाहे जीवन मुक्ति का वर्सा ज़रूर मिलना है . sārē viśhva kī|key sarv ātmāō̃ kō chāhē mukti , chāhē jīvan mukti kā varsā zarūr milnā hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] zarūr milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . the whole world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all soul to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) liberation , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) life liberation of inheritance definitely receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
103Because of having incarnated on this world, Baba cannot deprive the children of their inheritance. 104Baba has to give them the inheritance.
90क्योंकि बाप सृष्टि पर अवतरित हो बच्चों को वर्से से वंचित नहीं कर सकते हैं . kyōṅki bāp sr̥iṣhṭi par avatarit hō bachchō̃ kō varsē sē vañchit nahī̃ kar saktē haĩ . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] avatarit[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] vañchit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . because father world (at|other) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) child to inheritance from deprived not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . 91बाप को वर्सा देना ही है . bāp kō varsā dēnā hī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father to inheritance give[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
105Whether they take it or not, Baba has to give it. 106All souls received the inheritance from the Father, and this is why they call out to Him as the Father.
92चाहे लेवे , चाहे नहीं लेवे बाप को देना ही है . chāhē lēvē , chāhē nahī̃ lēvē bāp kō dēnā hī hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] lēnā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[opt.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) take[opt.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) not take[opt.sg.23] father to give[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
107The meaning of Father is the one who gives an inheritance.
93और सर्व आत्माओं को बाप द्वारा वर्सा मिला है तब तो बाप कहकर पुकारते हैं ना . aur sarv ātmāō̃ kō bāp dvārā varsā milā hai tab tō bāp kahkar pukārtē haĩ nā . aur sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tab tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[abs.] pukārnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . and all soul to father through inheritance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] for only then then father say[abs.] call[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
108No matter which religion they went into, they still remembered Him as the Father. 109Why do they remember Him?
94बाप का अर्थ ही है वर्सा देने वाला . bāp kā arth|earth hī hai varsā dēnē vālā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . father of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] inheritance give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
110They remember Him because they received the inheritance from Him.
95चाहे किसी भी धर्म में चले गये हैं फिर भी फादर कह याद तो करते हैं ना . chāhē kisī bhī dharm mē̃ chalē gayē haĩ phir bhī father kah yād tō kartē haĩ nā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive] phir bhī[x] father kahnā[root] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (anything|some) too religion in (continue[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) nevertheless father say[root] remembrance then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
111Not a single soul can be deprived of receiving the inheritance.
96एक आत्मा भी वर्से के सिवाए रह नहीं सकती . ēk ātmā bhī varsē kē|K sivāē rah nahī̃ saktī . ēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . one soul too inheritance (of|K) except remain[root] not can[pres-part.f.] . 97तो साकार सृष्टि पर पार्ट बजाते बच्चों को वर्सा न दे तो बाप कैसे कहेंगे ? tō sākār sr̥iṣhṭi par part bajātē bachchō̃ kō varsā na dē tō bāp kaisē kahē̃gē ? tō sākār, sākārī[adj.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] na[neg] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then sakar world (at|other) part play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] child to inheritance not (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) then father how say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
112So, if whilst playing a part on the corporeal world, Baba does not give the children an inheritance, who would call Him the Father? 113How could you call Him the Father?
98लेकिन आप डायरेक्ट वर्सा लेते हो , पहचान से लेते हो . lēkin āp direct varsā lētē hō , pahchān sē lētē hō . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] direct varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] , pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] sē[postp.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] . but you direct inheritance take[pres.pl.m.2] , (recognition|recognise[root]) from take[pres.pl.m.2] .
114However, you claim the inheritance directly, you claim it through recognition.
99आपका डायरेक्ट कनेक्शन है . āpkā direct connection hai . āp[pn.pl.kā] direct connection hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kā] direct connection be[pres.sg.23] .
115You have a direct connection.
100चाहे निमित्त साकार माध्यम ब्रह्मा बना लेकिन ब्रह्मा से योग नहीं लगाते , योग बाप से लगाते हैं . chāhē nimitt sākār mādhyam brahmā banā lēkin brahmā sē yōg nahī̃ lagātē , yōg bāp sē lagātē haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mādhyam[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] lēkin brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) instrument sakar x Brahma (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) but Brahma from yoga not attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , yoga father from attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
116Even though Brahma became the instrument medium in the corporeal form, you do not have yoga with Brahma, you have yoga with the Father.
101ब्रह्मा बाप भी कहते - बाप को याद करो . brahmā bāp bhī kahtē - bāp kō yād karō . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Brahma father too say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - father to remember .
117Father Brahma also said: Remember the Father.
102यह नहीं कहते - मुझे याद करो . yah nahī̃ kahtē - mujhē yād karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - mujhē yād karō[x] . this not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - remember Me .
118He did not tell you to remember him, but to remember the Father.
103कभी भी सिवाए बाप के फुल वर्सा और कोई सम्बन्ध में मिल नहीं सकता . kabhī bhī sivāē bāp kē|K full varsā aur kōī sambandh mē̃ mil nahī̃ saktā . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] sivāē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K full varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur kōī[x] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . ever too except father (of|K) full inheritance someone else relationship in receive[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
119You can never receive the full inheritance from any relationship other than that of the Father.
104आप डायरेक्ट बाप से सम्बन्ध जोड़ वर्से का अधिकार तीनों कालों में प्राप्त करते हो . āp direct bāp sē sambandh jōṛ varsē kā adhikār tīnō̃ kālō̃ mē̃ prāpt kartē hō . āp[pn.pl.] direct bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jōṛnā[root] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] tīnō̃[adj.] kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]|kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] prāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . you direct father from relationship connect[root] inheritance of right all three (ugly|x) in reach . 105अभी भी वर्सा मिल रहा है ना ! abhī bhī varsā mil rahā hai nā ! ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā ! now too inheritance receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ !
120You forge a direct relationship with the Father and claim a right to the inheritance in all three aspects of time.
106शक्तियों का , गुणों का वर्सा मिल रहा है . śhaktiyō̃ kā , guṇō̃ kā varsā mil rahā hai . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Shakti of , virtue of inheritance receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
121You are receiving the inheritance even now, are you not?
107मिल गया है ? mil gayā hai ? milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? 108और मुक्तिधाम में भी कहाँ रहेंगे ? aur muktidhām mē̃ bhī kahā̃ rahē̃gē ? aur muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kahā̃ rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? and land of liberation in too where remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
122You are receiving the inheritance of the virtues and the powers even now.
109समीप रहेंगे ना ! samīp rahē̃gē nā ! samīp[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! close remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
123You have already received it.
110तो अभी भी वर्सा है , मुक्तिधाम में भी और फिर 21 जन्म का भी वर्सा है . tō abhī bhī varsā hai , muktidhām mē̃ bhī aur phir 21 janm kā bhī varsā hai . tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then now too inheritance be[pres.sg.23] , land of liberation in too and (turn[root]|then) 21 (life|be born[root]) of too inheritance be[pres.sg.23] .
124Where will you stay in the land of liberation? 125You will remain close in the land of liberation, will you not?
111तो तीनों कालों में वर्से के अधिकारी बनते हो . tō tīnō̃ kālō̃ mē̃ varsē kē|K adhikārī bantē hō . tō tīnō̃[adj.] kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]|kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . then all three (ugly|x) in inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.2] . 112लोग कहते हैं ना आप सबको कि आपकी जीवनमुक्ति से हमारी मुक्ति अच्छी है . lōg kahtē haĩ nā āp sabkō ki āpkī jīvanmukti sē hamārī mukti achchhī hai . log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā āp[pn.pl.] sabkō ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kī] jīvanmukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kī] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . people say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ you everything that you[.kī] liberation-in-life from we[.kī] liberation achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
126So you have the inheritance now, you will have it in the land of liberation and you will also have the inheritance of twenty-one births.
113आप तो चक्कर में आयेंगे , हम तो चक्कर से छूट जायेंगे . āp tō chakkar mē̃ āyēṅgē , ham tō chakkar sē chhūṭ jāyēṅgē . āp[pn.pl.] tō chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] tō chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chhūṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . you then cycle in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , we then cycle from let go[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
127So, you claim aright to the inheritance in all three aspects of time.
114आप फलक से कह सकते हो कि मुक्ति का वर्सा तो हमें भी मिलेगा लेकिन हम मुक्ति के बाद फिर जीवनमुक्ति का वर्सा लेंगे . āp phalak sē kah saktē hō ki mukti kā varsā tō hamē̃ bhī milēgā lēkin ham mukti kē bād phir jīvanmukti kā varsā lē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ki[conj.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō ham[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin ham[pn.pl.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē bād[x] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] jīvanmukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that liberation of inheritance then we[.kō] too receive[fut.m.sg.23] but we liberation after (turn[root]|then) liberation-in-life of inheritance take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
128People tell you: Our mukti is better than your jeevanmukti. 129You will come into the cycle, whereas we will be liberated from the cycle.
115डबल मिलता है ! double miltā hai ! double milnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! double receive[pres.sg.m.23] ! 116मुक्तिधाम से वाया तो करेंगे ना , तो डायरेक्ट कनेक्शन होने के कारण वर्तमान और फिर मृत्यु के बाद और फिर नया शरीर लेते तीनों ही काल वर्से के अधिकारी बनते हो . muktidhām sē via tō karē̃gē nā , tō direct connection hōnē kē|K kāraṇ vartamān aur phir mr̥ityu kē bād aur phir nayā śharīr lētē tīnō̃ hī kāl varsē kē|K adhikārī bantē hō . muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] via tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , tō direct connection hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vartamān[adj.] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] mr̥ityu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] kal varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . land of liberation from x then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , then direct connection be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because present and (turn[root]|then) death after and (turn[root]|then) new body take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] all three only x inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.2] .
130So you can tell them with intoxication: We will also receive the inheritance of mukti, but after receiving mukti, we will also receive the inheritance of jeevanmukti.
117इतना नशा है ? itnā naśhā hai ? itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ? 118आज होली मना रहे हो ना . āj hōlī|holy manā rahē hō nā . āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā . today (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ .
131So you receive double, do you not?
119होली जलाई भी जाती है और मनाई भी जाती है . hōlī|holy jalāī bhī jātī hai aur manāī bhī jātī hai . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] aur manānā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . (Holi|holy) burn[past-part.f.] too go[pres.sg.f.23] and celebrate[past-part.f.] too go[pres.sg.f.23] .
132You will go via the land of liberation, will you not?
120पहले जलाई जाती है फिर मनाई जाती है . pahlē jalāī jātī hai phir manāī jātī hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jalānā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|jalānā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] manānā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|manānā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] . (x|firstly) (burn[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|burn[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) (turn[root]|then) (celebrate[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|celebrate[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) .
133You will not go directly, will you?
121होली मनाना अर्थात् कुछ जलाना और कुछ मनाना . hōlī|holy manānā arthāt kuchh jalānā aur kuchh manānā . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt kuchh jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur kuchh[x] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is anything burn[inf.m.sg.d.] x celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] . 122जलाने के बिना मनाई नहीं जाती . jalānē kē|K binā manāī nahī̃ jātī . jalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā manānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-part.f.] . burn[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without celebrate[past-part.f.] not go[pres-part.f.] . 123तो दृढ़ संकल्प की अग्नि द्वारा पहले अपनी कमज़ोरी को जलाना है तब मनाने की मौज अनुभव कर सकेंगे . tō dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kī|key agni dvārā pahlē apnī kamzōrī kō jalānā hai tab manānē kī|key mauj anubhav kar sakē̃gē . tō dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key agni[x] dvārā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] jalānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tab manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mauj[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . then determined thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fire through (x|firstly) one’s own weakness to burn[pres.sg.23.oblig1] for only then celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) pleasure experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
134So because of having a direct connection, you claim a right to the inheritance in the three aspects of time, that is, the present time, after death, and then whilst taking a new body. 135So, do you have that much intoxication?
124अगर जलाया नहीं तो मनाने की मौज का अनुभव सदा काल नहीं रहेगा . agar jalāyā nahī̃ tō manānē kī|key mauj kā anubhav sadā kāl nahī̃ rahēgā . agar jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃ tō[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mauj[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā kal nahī̃[neg] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if burn[past-part.m.sg.d.] otherwise celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) pleasure of experience constantly x not remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
136(Hanji.) 137When you return home, you will not write, 'na ji', will you?
125होली शब्द का अर्थ भी याद रहे तो जला भी लिया फिर भी सदा काल नहीं रहेगा . hōlī|holy śhabda kā arth|earth bhī yād rahē tō jalā bhī liyā phir bhī sadā kāl nahī̃ rahēgā . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō jalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jalānā[root] bhī[p.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] phir bhī[x] sadā kal nahī̃[neg] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (Holi|holy) word of (meaning|earth) too remembrance (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|burn[root]) too take[past-part.m.sg.d.] nevertheless constantly x not remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
138So today, you are celebrating Holi, are you not? 139So in Holi, something is burnt and something is celebrated.
126होली शब्द में जलाना भी है , मनाना भी है . hōlī|holy śhabda mē̃ jalānā bhī hai , manānā bhī hai . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (Holi|holy) word in burn[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] .
140First, you burn something, and then you celebrate.
127दोनों ही अर्थ हैं . dōnō̃ hī arth|earth haĩ . dōnō̃ hī[p.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x only (meaning|earth) be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 128होली शब्द तो पक्का है ना ? hōlī|holy śhabda tō pakkā hai nā ? hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? (Holi|holy) word then firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
141To celebrate Holi means to burn something and to celebrate.
129तो होली अर्थात् हो-ली , बीती सो बीती . tō hōlī|holy arthāt hō-lī , bītī sō bītī . tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt x , bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] sōnā[root]|sō bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] . then (Holi|holy) that is x , (past|pass[past-part.f.]) (sleep[root]|x) (past|pass[past-part.f.]) .
142You cannot celebrate without burning something.
130जो बात गुज़र गई उसको कहते हैं हो-ली . jō bāt guzar gaī uskō kahtē haĩ hō-lī . jō[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] x jānā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x . that matter x go[past-part.f.] that[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x . 131जो होना था वह हो-ली . jō hōnā thā vah hō-lī . jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[past.m.sg.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] x . that be[past.m.sg.oblig1] that x . 132तो बीती को बीती करना माना होली जलाना . tō bītī kō bītī karnā mānā hōlī|holy jalānā . tō bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] kō[postp.] bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then (past|pass[past-part.f.]) to (past|pass[past-part.f.]) do[inf.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) (Holi|holy) burn[inf.m.sg.d.] .
143So through the fire of determined thought, you must first burn your weaknesses, only then will you be able to experience the pleasure of celebrating.
133और जब बाप के सामने आते हो तो कहते हो मैं बाप की हो ली , हो गई . aur jab bāp kē|K sāmnē ātē hō tō kahtē hō maĩ bāp kī hō lī , hō gaī . aur jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē ānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] lēnā[past-part.f.] , hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . and when father (of|K) x come[pres.pl.m.2] then say[pres.pl.m.2] I father do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] take[past-part.f.] , be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
144If you have not burnt them, the experience of the pleasure of celebrating will not remain all the time.
134तो मनाया भी ओर हो ली , बीती सो बीती . tō manāyā bhī ōr hō lī , bītī sō bītī . tō manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ōr hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] sōnā[root]|sō bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] . then celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] too direction be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , (past|pass[past-part.f.]) (sleep[root]|x) (past|pass[past-part.f.]) .
145So will you first burn something or will you first celebrate?
135बीती को भूल जाना यह है जलाना . bītī kō bhūl jānā yah hai jalānā . bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] kō[postp.] bhūl jānā[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (past|pass[past-part.f.]) to x[x] this be[pres.sg.23] burn[inf.m.sg.d.] .
146You will do both, will you not?
136तो एक ही होली शब्द में जलाना और मनाना है . tō ēk hī hōlī|holy śhabda mē̃ jalānā aur manānā hai . tō ēk[adj.] hī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then one only (Holi|holy) word in burn[inf.m.sg.d.] and celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 137गीत गाते हो ना मैं तो बाप की हो ली . gīt gātē hō nā maĩ tō bāp kī hō lī . gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] lēnā[past-part.f.] . x sing[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ I then father do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] take[past-part.f.] .
147If you remember the meaning of the word 'holi', you have then burnt something and also celebrated.
138पक्के हो ना ? pakkē hō nā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? firm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ? 139क्योंकि बापदादा ने सबका तपस्या का पोतामेल देखा . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē sabkā tapasyā kā pōtāmēl dēkhā . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . because BapDada ∅ everyone's tapasya of account(s) see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
148In the word 'holi', there is the burning and also the celebrating; there are both meanings.
140तपस्या अगर कभी भी कम हुई तो उसका कारण क्या बना है ? tapasyā agar kabhī bhī kam huī tō uskā kāraṇ kyā banā hai ? tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] agar kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kam hōnā[past-part.f.] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? tapasya if ever too decrease then that[.kā] because what become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
149The word 'holi' is firm, is it not?
141बीती को बीती करने में बिन्दी के बजाए क्वेश्चन मार्क लगा दिया . bītī kō bītī karnē mē̃ bindī kē bajāē question mark lagā diyā . bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] kō[postp.] bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē bajāē[x] question mark[x] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . (past|pass[past-part.f.]) to (past|pass[past-part.f.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in point instead of x (x[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|attach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .
150This is why you are celebrating, are you not? 151So holi means 'ho li', past is past.
142और छोटी सी गलती करते हो , छोटी लेकिन नुकसान बहुत बड़ा होता है . aur chhōṭī see|sī|C galatī|galtī kartē hō , chhōṭī lēkin nuksān bahut baṛā hōtā hai . aur chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lēkin nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and small (see|x) (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.2] , small but loss very very be[pres.sg.m.23] .
152Whatever happened in the past is said to be 'ho li' (it has already happened).
143वह क्या गलती करते हो ? vah kyā galatī|galtī kartē hō ? vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? that what (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
153That which had to happen has happened.
144जिसको भूलाना है उसको याद करते हो और जिसको याद करना है उसको भूला देते हो . jiskō bhūlānā hai uskō yād kartē hō aur jiskō yād karnā hai uskō bhūlā dētē hō . jō[pn.sg.kō] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur jō[pn.sg.kō] yād karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhūlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] . that[.kō] x be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] remember and that[.kō] remember that[.kō] forget[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[pres.pl.m.2] .
154So whatever happened in the past, that is, to let the past be the past means to burn Holi.
145तो भूलाना आता है ना ? tō bhūlānā ātā hai nā ? tō x ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? then x come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ? 146बाप को भूलने नहीं चाहते हो तो भी भूल जाते हो और जिस समय भूलना चाहिए उस समय क्या कहते हो - भूलना चाहते हैं लेकिन भूलते नहीं , बार बार याद आ जाता है . bāp kō bhūlnē nahī̃ chāhtē hō tō bhī bhūl jātē hō aur jis samay bhūlnā chāhiē us samay kyā kahtē hō - bhūlnā chāhtē haĩ lēkin bhūltē nahī̃ , bār bār yād ā jātā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhūlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhī[x] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur jis samay[x] bhūlnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|bhūlnā[.oblig3] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] - bhūlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] lēkin bhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] , bār[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . father to forget[inf.m.pl.,o.] not x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ x[pres.pl.m.2] and x (forget[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|forget[.oblig3]) that time what say[pres.pl.m.2] - forget[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] but forget[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not , time time remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
155And then, Holi is the time when you come in front of the Father, and you say: I have now become Baba's. 156Now that I have become Baba's, I have celebrated, and have also let the past be the past. 157To forget the past means to burn.
147तो याद करना और भूलना दोनों ही बाते आती हैं . tō yād karnā aur bhūlnā dōnō̃ hī bātē ātī haĩ . tō yād karnā[x] aur bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dōnō̃ hī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . then remember and forget[inf.m.sg.d.] x only matter come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
158So in the one word 'holi', there is burning and also celebrating.
148लेकिन क्या याद करना है और क्या भूलना है ? lēkin kyā yād karnā hai aur kyā bhūlnā hai ? lēkin kyā yād karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur kyā bhūlnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? but what remember and what forget[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
159You sing the song: I have now become Baba's. 160You are firm in this, are you not?
149जिस समय भूलना है उस समय याद करते हो और जिस समय याद करना है उस समय भूल जाते हो . jis samay bhūlnā hai us samay yād kartē hō aur jis samay yād karnā hai us samay bhūl jātē hō . jis samay[x] bhūlnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur jis samay[x] yād karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] . x forget[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that time remember and x remember that time x[pres.pl.m.2] .
161BapDada has seen everyone's chart of tapasya. 162If your tapasya was lacking at any point, what was the reason for that?
150छोटी सी गलती है ना ? chhōṭī see|sī|C galtī hai nā ? chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C galnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ? small (see|x) x[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ ? 151तो इसको हो ली कर दो , जला दो . tō iskō hō lī kar dō , jalā dō . tō yah[pn.sg.kō] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , jalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . then this[.kō] be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , burn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . 152अंश से खत्म कर दो . aṅśh sē khatm kar dō . aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . trace from finished do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
163In letting the past be the past, instead of applying a full stop, you put a question mark.
153ज्ञानी तू आत्मा हो ना ? gyānī tū ātmā hō nā ? gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? gyani you soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
164And you make one other mistake.
154ज्ञानी का अर्थ ही है समझदार . gyānī kā arth|earth hī hai samajhdār . gyānī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] samajhdār[adj.] . gyani of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] sensible .
165You make a small mistake.
155और आप तो तीनों कालों के समझदार हो . aur āp tō tīnō̃ kālō̃ kē|K samajhdār hō . aur āp[pn.pl.] tō tīnō̃[adj.] kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]|kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samajhdār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . and you then all three (ugly|x) (of|K) sensible (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
166It is a small mistake, but it does cause a lot of damage.
156इसलिए होली मनाना अर्थात् इस गलती को जलाना . isliē hōlī|holy manānā arthāt is galatī|galtī kō jalānā . isliē hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt yah[pn.sg.o.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] kō[postp.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is this (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) to burn[inf.m.sg.d.] .
167What is the mistake that you make, do you know?
157जो भूलना है वह सेकेण्ड में भूल जाये और जो याद करना है वह सेकेण्ड में याद आए . jō bhūlnā hai vah second mē̃ bhūl jāyē aur jō yād karnā hai vah second mē̃ yād āē . jō[pn.;d.] bhūlnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] second mē̃[postp.] bhūl jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur jō[pn.;d.] yād karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] second mē̃[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . that forget[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that second in x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] and that remember that second in remembrance (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .
168You remember that which you have to forget, and you forget that which you have to remember.
158कारण सिर्फ बिन्दी के बजाए क्वेश्चन मार्क है . kāraṇ sirph bindī kē bajāē question mark hai . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē bajāē[x] question mark[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because only point instead of x be[pres.sg.23] .
169It is a small mistake, is it not? 170Or, is it a big mistake?
159क्यों सोचा और क्यू शुरू हो जाती है . kyō̃ sōchā aur queue śhurū hō jātī hai . kyō̃ sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur queue śhurū hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . why think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and queue x .
171So you know how to forget, do you not?
160ऐसा वैसा क्यों क्या बड़ी क्यू शुरू हो जाती है . aisā vaisā kyō̃ kyā baṛī queue śhurū hō jātī hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyō̃ kyā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] queue śhurū hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . such x why what very queue x .
172You do not wish to forget the Father, but even then, you forget Him.
161सिर्फ क्वेश्चन मार्क लगाने से . sirph question mark lagānē sē . sirph[adj.] question mark[x] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] . only x attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] from .
173So you know how to forget.
162और बिन्दी लगा दो तो क्या होगा ? aur bindī lagā dō tō kyā hōgā ? aur bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] tō kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? and point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] then what be[fut.m.sg.23] ? 163आप भी बिन्दी , बाप भी बिन्दी और व्यर्थ को भी बिन्दी , फुल स्टॉप . āp bhī bindī , bāp bhī bindī aur vyarth kō bhī bindī , full stop . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , full stop[x] . you too point , father too point and wasteful to too point , full stop .
174And when you have to forget something, why do you not know how to forget at that time? 175What do you say at that time?
164स्टॉप भी नहीं , फुल स्टॉप . stop bhī nahī̃ , full stop . stop bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , full stop[x] . stop too not , full stop .
176I wish to forget, but I cannot forget.
165इसको कहा जाता है होली . iskō kahā jātā hai hōlī|holy . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) (Holi|holy) .
177I remember it again and again.
166और इस होली से सदा बाप के संग के रंग की होली , मिलन होली मनाते रहेंगे . aur is hōlī|holy sē sadā bāp kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg kī|key hōlī|holy , milan hōlī|holy manātē rahē̃gē . aur yah[pn.sg.o.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] sē[postp.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] , milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . and this (Holi|holy) from constantly father (of|K) company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (Holi|holy) , meeting (Holi|holy) celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . 167सबसे पक्का रंग कौन सा है ? sabsē pakkā raṅg kaun sā hai ? sabsē pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? the most firm (colour|x[root]) which be[pres.sg.23] ?
178So you know how to remember and also how to forget, you know how to do both. 179But what do you have to remember, and what do you have to forget?
168यह स्थूल रंग भल कितने भी पक्के हों लेकिन सबसे श्रेष्ठ और सबसे पक्का रंग है बाप के संग का रंग . yah sthūl raṅg bhal kitnē bhī pakkē hō̃ lēkin sabsē śhrēṣhṭh aur sabsē pakkā raṅg hai bāp kē|K saṅg kā raṅg . yah[pn.sg.d.] sthūl[adj.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] bhal kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] aur sabsē pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] . this physical (colour|x[root]) although so too firm be[opt.pl.12hon3] but the most elevated and the most firm (colour|x[root]) be[pres.sg.23] father (of|K) company of (colour|x[root]) .
180At the time when you have to forget something, you remember it, and at the time when you have to remember something, you forget it.
169तो इस रंग से मनाओ . tō is raṅg sē manāō . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] sē[postp.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this (colour|x[root]) from celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
181It is a small mistake, is it not?
170आपका यादगार गोप गोपियों के होली मनाने का है . āpkā yādgār gōp gōpiyō̃ kē|K hōlī|holy manānē kā hai . āp[pn.pl.kā] yādgār[x] gōp[n.m.;sg.,d.] gōpī, gōpikā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kā] memorial gope gopi (of|K) (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] of be[pres.sg.23] .
182So let this be the past, burn it and finish it.
171उस चित्र में क्या दिखाते हैं ? us chitra mē̃ kyā dikhātē haĩ ? vah[pn.sg.o.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? that picture in what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
183Finish it with all its traces.
172बाप और आप दोनों संग संग होली खेलते हैं . bāp aur āp dōnō̃ saṅg saṅg hōlī|holy khēltē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur āp[pn.pl.] dōnō̃ saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] khēlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father and you x company company (Holi|holy) play[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
184You are the enlightened souls, are you not?
173एक-एक गोप वा गोपी के साथ गोपी वल्लभ दिखाते हैं . ēk-ēk gōp vā gōpī kē sāth gōpī vallabh dikhātē haĩ . ēk[adj.] gōp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā gōpī, gōpikā[x] kē sāth[x] gōpī, gōpikā[x] vallabh[x] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . one gope or gopi with gopi Vallabh x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
185Enlightened souls means those who are sensible.
174तो यह संग हो गया ना ! tō yah saṅg hō gayā nā ! tō yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ! then this company be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ ! 175साथ वा संग अविनाशी होली है बाप के संग के रंग की यादगार होली रास के साथ के रूप में दिखाई है . sāth vā saṅg avināśhī hōlī|holy hai bāp kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg kī|key yādgār hōlī|holy rās kē sāth kē|K rūp mē̃ dikhāī hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] avināśhī[adj.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yādgār[x] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . with or company imperishable (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] father (of|K) company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) memorial (Holi|holy) raas with (of|K) Rup in x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
186And you understand all the three aspects of time, not just one aspect, but you understand all the three aspects of time.
176तो होली मनाने आती है ना ? tō hōlī|holy manānē ātī hai nā ? tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ? then (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ ? 177यह हो गया , क्या करूँ , चाहते नहीं है लेकिन हो जाता है … आज से इसकी होली जलाओ , समाप्त करो . yah hō gayā , kyā karū̃ , chāhtē nahī̃ hai lēkin hō jātā hai … āj sē iskī hōlī|holy jalāō , samāpt karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] … āj sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.kī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] jalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , what do[opt.sg.1] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.sg.23] but be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] … today from this[.kī] (Holi|holy) burn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x .
187This is why to celebrate Holi means to burn this mistake; to forget that which you have to forget in one second, and to remember that which you have to remember in one second.
178मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान कभी संकल्प में भी यह सोच नहीं सकते . master sarvśhaktivān kabhī saṅkalp mē̃ bhī yah sōch nahī̃ saktē . master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] kabhī[adv.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . master Almighty Authority ever thought in too this think[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 179अच्छा -achchhā -achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] -achcha -
188The reason why you don't is that, instead of a full stop, you put a question mark.
180डबल विदेशी भी अच्छी सेवा की वृद्धि में आगे बढ़ रहे हैं . double vidēśhī bhī achchhī sēvā kī|key vr̥iddhi mē̃ āgē baṛh rahē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner too achcha service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) growth in previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
189You were told earlier: As soon as you think, 'why' (kyu), a queue is formed.
181बाप से भी प्यार है , तो सेवा से भी प्यार है . bāp sē bhī pyār hai , tō sēvā sē bhī pyār hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father from too love be[pres.sg.23] , then service from too love be[pres.sg.23] .
190"Like this, like that, why, and what etc."
182सेवा अर्थात् स्व और सर्व आत्माओं की साथ-साथ सेवा . sēvā arthāt sva aur sarv ātmāō̃ kī|key sāth-sāth sēvā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt sva aur sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sāth-sāth sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . service that is x and all soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x service .
191A big queue is formed simply by putting a question mark.
183पहले स्व क्योंकि स्व स्थिति वाले ही अन्य आत्माओं को परिस्थितियों से निकाल सकते हैं . pahlē sva kyōṅki sva sthiti vālē hī anya ātmāō̃ kō paristhitiyō̃ sē nikāl saktē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sva kyōṅki sva sthiti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] anya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . (x|firstly) x because x stage those who only other soul to circumstances from x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
192And what will happen if you apply a full stop? 193You are a dot, Baba is a dot and you also apply a dot to that which is wasteful.
184सेवा की सफलता ही है - स्व और सर्व के बैलेन्स की स्थिति . sēvā kī|key saphaltā hī hai - sva aur sarv kē|K balance kī|key sthiti . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sva aur sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K balance karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] . service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success only be[pres.sg.23] - x and all (of|K) balance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage .
194A full stop, not just a stop, but a full stop. 195This is called Holi.
185ऐसे कभी भी नहीं कहो कि सेवा में बहुत बिज़ी थे ना इसीलिए स्व की स्थिति का चार्ट ढीला हो गया . aisē kabhī bhī nahī̃ kahō ki sēvā mē̃ bahut busy thē nā isīliē sva kī|key sthiti kā chart ḍhīlā hō gayā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bahut busy hōnā[past.pl] nā isīliē sva karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . such ever too not say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that service in very busy be[past.pl] ∅ x x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage of chart x be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 186एक तरफ कमाया , दूसरे तरफ गँवाया तो बाकी बचा क्या ? ēk taraph kamāyā , dūsrē taraph ganvāyā tō bākī bachā kyā ? ēk taraph[x] kamānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , dūsrē taraph[x] ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bākī|bākī bachānā[root]|bachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā ? x earn[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] then (but|others) (save[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) what ?
196And through this Holi, you constantly celebrate the Holi of celebrating a meeting with the Father, and being coloured by the company of the Father.
187इसलिए जैसे बाप और आप कम्बाइन्ड हो , शरीर और आत्मा कम्बाइन्ड है , आपका भविष्य विष्णु स्वरूप कम्बाइन्ड है , ऐसे स्व-सेवा और सर्व की सेवा कम्बाइन्ड हो . isliē jaisē bāp aur āp combined hō , śharīr aur ātmā combined hai , āpkā bhaviṣhya viṣhṇu svarūp combined hai , aisē sva-sēvā aur sarv kī|key sēvā combined hō . isliē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur āp[pn.pl.] combined hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ātmā[n.f.;sg.] combined hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kā] bhaviṣhya[adj.] viṣhṇu[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] combined hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sva-sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur sarv[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] combined hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . therefore like father and you combined (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , body and soul combined be[pres.sg.23] , you[.kā] future Vishnu form combined be[pres.sg.23] , such service of oneself and all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service combined (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
197Which is the most fast colour? 198No matter how fast physical colours may be, the most fast and the most elevated colour is that of the company of the Father.
188इसको अलग नहीं करो , नहीं तो मेहनत ज्यादा और सफलता कम मिलती है . iskō alag nahī̃ karō , nahī̃ tō mēhnat jyādā aur saphaltā cum|kam miltī hai . yah[pn.sg.kō] alag[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃ tō[x] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . this[.kō] separate not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , otherwise effort more and success (x|less) receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
199So celebrate with this colour. 200Look at your memorial of the gopes and gopis celebrating Holi.
189अधूरा हो गया ना ! adhūrā hō gayā nā ! adhūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ! x be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ ! 190इस ग्रुप के चार्ट में भी सेकेण्ड नम्बर ज्यादा है . is group kē|K chart mē̃ bhī second number jyādā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] group kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chart mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] second number[x] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this group (of|K) chart in too x more be[pres.sg.23] .
201Have you seen the pictures of the gopes and gopis playing Holi?
191फर्स्ट भी कम है तो चौथा पांचवा भी कम है , सेकेण्ड तक गये है तो सेकेण्ड के बाद आगे क्या है ? first bhī cum|kam hai tō chauthā pāñchvā bhī cum|kam hai , second tak gayē hai tō second kē bād āgē kyā hai ? first[adj.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō chauthā[adj.] pāñchvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , second tak jānā[x] tō second kē bād[x] āgē kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? first too (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] then fourth x too (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] , second until go[x] then second after previously what be[pres.sg.23] ?
202What has been shown in them? 203Baba and you both play Holi together.
192फर्स्ट है ना . first hai nā . first[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . first be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 193सेकेण्ड तक कदम रख लिया है बाकी अभी एक कदम फर्स्ट में रखना है . second tak kadam rakh liyā hai bākī abhī ēk kadam first mē̃ rakhnā hai . second tak kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] bākī|bākī ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] first[adj.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . second until step keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] (but|others) now one step first in keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
204Gopi Vallabh(Father of the gopes and gopis) has been shown with all the gopes and gopis.
194उसकी विधि है - कम्बाइन्ड स्वरूप की सेवा . uskī vidhi hai - combined svarūp kī|key sēvā . vah[pn.sg.kī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - combined svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . that[.kī] method be[pres.sg.23] - combined form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service .
205So what have you become? 206You are together, are you not?
195बच्चे सेवा का भी प्लैन बना रहे हैं ना . bachchē sēvā kā bhī plan banā rahē haĩ nā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . child service of too plan create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ . 196बापदादा ने तो इशारा दिया ही था कि अभी समय प्रमाण सेवा जो की वो बहुत अच्छी की . bāpdādā nē tō iśhārā diyā hī thā ki abhī samay pramāṇ sēvā jō kī|key vō bahut achchhī kī|key . bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[past.m.sg] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vah[pn.;d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . BapDada ∅ then signal give[past-part.m.sg.d.] only be[past.m.sg] that now time (under) service that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that very achcha (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
207The eternal Holi is that of the colour of the company of the Father, and the memorial has been shown in the form of a dance in the company of the Father.
197इससे बाप को , अपने को प्रत्यक्ष किया , वायुमण्डल और वायब्रेशन परिवर्तन हुआ . issē bāp kō , apnē kō pratyakṣha kiyā , vāyumaṇḍal aur vibration parivartan huā . yah[pn.sg.sē] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vibration parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this[.sē] father to , one’s own to visible do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , atmosphere and vibrations transformation be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
208So you know how to celebrate Holi, do you not? 209So from today, burn the Holi of, 'It just happened, what can I do?
198स्नेही और सहयोगी आत्माएं चारों ओर काफी संख्या में नजदीक आई . snēhī aur sahyōgī ātmāē̃ chārō̃ ōr kāphī saṅkhyā mē̃ najdīk eye|āī|I . snēhī[adj.] aur sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kāphī[adj.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nazdīk eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . loving and co-operative soul everywhere enough x in x (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) .
210I did not wish it to happen, but it just happened'. 211Finish all of this.
199अभी ऐसी सेवा करो जो एक द्वारा अनेकों की सेवा हो . abhī aisī sēvā karō jō ēk dvārā anēkō̃ kī|key sēvā hō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] dvārā anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now such service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that one through many (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 200सारे विश्व को सन्देश देना है . sārē viśhva kō sandēśh dēnā hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . the whole world to message give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
212One who is a master almighty authority can never have this even in his thoughts.
201एक एक को सन्देश देते जो राजधानी में आने वाली आत्माएं हैं वो अपना भाग्य बनाकर आगे आ गई हैं . ēk ēk kō sandēśh dētē jō rājdhānī mē̃ ānē vālī ātmāē̃ haĩ vō apnā bhāgya banākar āgē ā gaī haĩ . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] āgē ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . one one to message give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that kingdom in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (adopt[root]|one’s own) x create[abs.] previously come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .
213Achcha. 214The double foreigners are moving forward in the expansion of service.
202लेकिन अभी तो सन्देश देने की संख्या निकले हुए राज्य अधिकारी बच्चों से ज्यादा है . lēkin abhī tō sandēśh dēnē kī|key saṅkhyā nikalē huē rājya adhikārī bachchō̃ sē jyādā hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] tō sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] rājya adhikārī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but now then message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] master child from more be[pres.sg.23] .
215You have love for the Father and also for service. 216Service means service of the self as well as that of all other souls.
203राज्य फैमली में आने वाले वा राज्य तख्त पर बैठने वाले दोनों तो अच्छे निकाले हैं . rājya family mē̃ ānē vālē vā rājya takht par baiṭhnē vālē dōnō̃ tō achchhē nikālē haĩ . rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] family mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vā rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dōnō̃ tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . kingdom family in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who or kingdom throne (at|other) sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x then achcha x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 204राज्य अधिकारी भी आप लोग ही बनेंगे ना . rājya adhikārī bhī āp lōg hī banē̃gē nā . rājya adhikārī[x] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . master too you people only become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
217First is the self, because only those who have created their stage can remove many other souls from their difficult situations.
205आप बनेंगे या औरों को बनायेंगे ? āp banē̃gē yā aurō̃ kō banāyēṅgē ? āp[pn.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā aurō̃ kō[postp.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? you become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or others to create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 206औरों को राज्य अधिकारी बनायेंगे और आप क्या बनेंगे ? aurō̃ kō rājya adhikārī banāyēṅgē aur āp kyā banē̃gē ? aurō̃ kō[postp.] rājya adhikārī[x] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] kyā bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? others to master create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and you what become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
218Success in service is the stage of the balance between the self and others.
207तो अभी चारों ओर सन्देश पहुँचाने के लिए ऐसी आत्माओं को समीप लाओ जो एक अनेकों के निमित्त बन जाये तब सन्देश देने की फास्ट गति होगी . tō abhī chārō̃ ōr sandēśh pahuñchānē kē liē aisī ātmāō̃ kō samīp lāō jō ēk anēkō̃ kē nimitt ban jāyē tab sandēśh dēnē kī|key fast gati hōgī . tō ab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] sandēśh[x] pahuñchānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tab sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key fast gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . then now everywhere message cause to reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] for such soul to close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that one many x become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] for only then message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fast speed be[fut.f.sg.23] .
219Do not ever say: I was very busy in service and this is why the chart of my stage became slack. 220If you earn on one side and lose it on the other side, what is saved?
208इसलिए बापदादा ने पहले भी इशारा दिया कि जो जहाँ ज्यादा में ज्यादा संख्या है , चाहे इन्स्टीट्युशन है , चाहे इन्डस्ट्रीज़ हैं , दोनों में संख्या ज्यादा में होती है . isliē bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī iśhārā diyā ki jō jahā̃ jyādā mē̃ jyādā saṅkhyā hai , chāhē institution hai , chāhē inḍasṭrīz haĩ , dōnō̃ mē̃ saṅkhyā jyādā mē̃ hōtī hai . isliē bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] jahā̃ jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] institution hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . therefore BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too signal give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that where there at the most x be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) institution be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x in x more in be[pres.sg.f.23] .
221This is why, just as Baba and you are combined, the body and the soul are combined, and your future Vishnu form is combined, in the same way, let the service of the self and the service of all others be combined.
209तो ऐसी आत्माओं को निमित्त बनाओ जो वह आपके सेवा के साथी बनकर औरों को समीप लायें . tō aisī ātmāō̃ kō nimitt banāō jō vah āpkē sēvā kē|K sāthī bankar aurō̃ kō samīp lāyē̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then such soul to instrument create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that you[.kē] service (of|K) companion become[abs.] others to close x[opt.pl.12hon3] .
222Do not separate them. 223Otherwise, you have to make greater effort and receive less success.
210आप सन्देश देते आगे बढ़ते जाओ . āp sandēśh dētē āgē baṛhtē jāō . āp[pn.pl.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . you message give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
224It will be incomplete. 225It will be cut by half.
211उन्हों को निमित्त बनाओ सन्देश देने के लिए . unhō̃ kō nimitt banāō sandēśh dēnē kē liē . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . that to instrument create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
226Therefore, it is good that you are moving forward with zeal and enthusiasm.
212अभी तो आप आत्माओं की स्टेज के अनुसार आपको बनी बनाई स्टेज प्राप्त होगी . abhī tō āp ātmāō̃ kī|key stage kē|K anusār āpkō banī banāī stage prāpt hōgī . ab[adv.hī] tō āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key stage kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anusār āp[pn.pl.kō] bannā[past-part.f.] banānā[past-part.f.] stage prāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . now then you soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage (of|K) according to you[.kō] become[past-part.f.] create[past-part.f.] stage reached be[fut.f.sg.23] .
227In the chart of this group also, there are more in the second number.
213औरों को सेवा में तन-मन-धन लगाने का चांस दो . aurō̃ kō sēvā mē̃ tan-man-dhan lagānē kā chance dō . aurō̃ kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tan-man-dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . others to service in body, mind and wealth attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
228There are very few in the first, fourth and fifth.
214चाहे मन लगायें , चाहे धन लगायें , तब तो सतयुगी प्रजा में आयेंगे . chāhē man lagāyē̃ , chāhē dhan lagāyē̃ , tab tō satyugī prajā mē̃ āyēṅgē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , tab tō satyugī[adj.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) mind attach[opt.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) wealth attach[opt.pl.12hon3] , for only then then golden-aged x in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
229You have reached the second number, but what precedes the second number? 230It is the first, is it not?
215उन्हों को बीज बोने दो आप लोगों ने तो बीज बो लिया ना , फल पा रहे हो . unhō̃ kō bīj bōnē dō āp lōgō̃ nē tō bīj bō liyā nā , phal pā rahē hō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] tō bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā , phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] pānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . that to seed sow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] you people ∅ then seed sow[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ , fruit x[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
231So you have placed your foot on the second number, but now, you have to place your foot on the first number.
216अब ऐसा ग्रुप बनाओ जो एक मास के लिए , दो मास के लिए सेवा के ग्रुप में कोई किस तरफ , कोई किस तरफ सन्देश देने के लिए निकले . ab aisā group banāō jō ēk mās kē liē , dō mās kē liē sēvā kē|K group mē̃ kōī kis taraph , kōī kis taraph sandēśh dēnē kē liē nikalē . ab[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] . now such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that one (month|x) for , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (month|x) for service (of|K) group in some (what|who) direction , some (what|who) direction message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) . 217एक ही समय पर 7-8 ग्रुप बनाओ और अपने एरिया में एक-एक ग्रुप सेवा के लिए निकले . ēk hī samay par 7-8 group banāō aur apnē area mē̃ ēk-ēk group sēvā kē liē nikalē . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] 7-8 group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] area mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] group sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] . one only time (at|other) 7-8 group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own x in one group service for (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) . 218चाहे छोटे देश हों , चाहे बड़े देश हों . chāhē chhōṭē dēśh hō̃ , chāhē baṛē dēśh hō̃ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small land be[opt.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) very land be[opt.pl.12hon3] . 219जो जो जिसके नज़दीक नज़दीक पड़ते हैं , वहाँ से ग्रुप तैयार करके उस ग्रुप को भेजो लेकिन वह ग्रुप भी सेवा करने की विधि यही बुद्धि में रखे कि ऐसे मुख्य को जगायें जो औरों को जगाते रहें . jō jō jiskē nazdīk nazdīk paṛtē haĩ , vahā̃ sē group taiyār karkē us group kō bhējō lēkin vah group bhī sēvā karnē kī|key vidhi yahī buddhi mē̃ rakhē ki aisē mukhya kō jagāyē̃ jō aurō̃ kō jagātē rahē̃ . jō[pn.;d.] jō[pn.;d.] jō[pn.sg.kē] nazdīk nazdīk paṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vahā̃ sē[postp.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.o.] group kō[postp.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] group bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.sg.23]|rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukhya[adj.] kō[postp.] jagānā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] jagānā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . that that that[.kē] x x fall[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , there from group x do[abs.] that group to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but that group too service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method this intellect in (keep[opt.sg.23]|keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that such main to awaken[opt.pl.12hon3] that others to awaken[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
232The method for that is to do service in the combined form.
220वहाँ से ही तैयार करो ओर आगे बढ़ते जाओ . vahā̃ sē hī taiyār karō ōr āgē baṛhtē jāō . vahā̃ sē[postp.] hī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ōr āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . there from only x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] direction previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
233Children are making plans for service, are they not?
221क्योंकि जब भी सेवा बढ़ाने चाहते हो तो पहला प्रश्न उठता है हैन्ड्स कहाँ से आयेंगे ? kyōṅki jab bhī sēvā baṛhānē chāhtē hō tō pahlā praśhna uṭhtā hai hands kahā̃ sē āyēṅgē ? kyōṅki jab bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[pres.sg.m.23] hand kahā̃ sē[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? because when too service increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.2] then x question wake up[pres.sg.m.23] hand where from come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
234BapDada gave a signal that according to the time, the service you have done up to now has been very good.
222जगह जगह पर ऐसी आत्माऐं तैयार करो और फिर तैयार हुए को और उम्मीदवार हैन्ड्स को विशेष समय निकाल कर ट्रेनिंग दो और फिर वह चलाते रहें . jagah jagah par aisī ātmāaĩ taiyār karō aur phir taiyār huē kō aur ummīdvār hands kō viśhēṣh samay nikāl kar training dō aur phir vah chalātē rahē̃ . jagah[n.f.;sg.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] aur ummīdvār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hand kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[root] karnā[root] training dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.sg.d.] chalānā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . x x (at|other) such x x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and (turn[root]|then) x be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to and hope hand to special time x[root] do[root] training (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and (turn[root]|then) that x[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
235Through this, you revealed Baba and yourself, and the atmosphere and the vibrations were transformed. 236A large number of loving and cooperative souls in all four directions came close.
223और जो निमित्त है वो चक्कर लगाते रहें . aur jō nimitt hai vō chakkar lagātē rahē̃ . aur jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . and that instrument be[pres.sg.23] that cycle attach[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
237Now do such service that through one, many others are served.
224पुराने सेन्टर्स तो पक्के हो गये हैं , तो नयों में चक्कर लगाते नयों को पुराना बनाओ . purānē centres tō pakkē hō gayē haĩ , tō nayō̃ mē̃ chakkar lagātē nayō̃ kō purānā banāō . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , tō nayā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nayā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . old centre then firm be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , then new in cycle attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] new to old create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 225योग्य हैण्ड्स बनाने का साधन है - समय प्रति समय हैन्ड्स को ट्रेनिंग देना . yōgya hands banānē kā sādhan hai - samay prati samay hands kō training dēnā . yōgya[adj.] hand banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hand kō[postp.] training dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . worthy hand create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities be[pres.sg.23] - time for time hand to training give[inf.m.sg.d.] . 226जहाँ भी नजदीक हो , चाहे 8 हो , चाहे 10 हों , लेकिन ट्रेनिंग समय प्रति समय मिलना बहुत ज़रूरी है . jahā̃ bhī najdīk hō , chāhē 8 hō , chāhē 10 hō̃ , lēkin training samay prati samay milnā bahut zarūrī hai . jahā̃ bhī[p.] nazdīk hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] 8 hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] 10 hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , lēkin training samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there too x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) 8 (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) 10 be[opt.pl.12hon3] , but training time for time receive[inf.m.sg.d.] very essential be[pres.sg.23] . 227जैसे पहले भी भारत में भी कभी युथ ग्रुप , कभी एज्युकेशन के ग्रुप , कभी डॉक्टर्स के ग्रुप बनाये थे , ऐसे रहे हुए स्थानों पर ग्रुप बना कर लक्ष्य रखो कि यहाँ से ही कोई को निमित्त बनाना है . jaisē pahlē bhī bhārat mē̃ bhī kabhī yuth group , kabhī education kē|K group , kabhī doctors kē|K group banāyē thē , aisē rahē huē sthānō̃ par group banā kar lakṣhya rakhō ki yahā̃ sē hī kōī kō nimitt banānā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kabhī[adv.] x group , kabhī[adv.] education kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group , kabhī[adv.] doctor kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group banānā[past-perf.pl.m.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] group bannā[root.past-part+karnā] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yahā̃ sē[postp.] hī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . like (x|firstly) too Bharat in too ever x group , ever education (of|K) group , ever doctor (of|K) group create[past-perf.pl.m.] , such (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] place (at|other) group become[root.past-part+karnā] aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that here from only some to instrument create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
238You have to give the message to the entire world.
228निमित्त बनाते जाओ , आगे बढ़ते जाओ . nimitt banātē jāō , āgē baṛhtē jāō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . instrument create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . 229अभी सम्बन्ध संपर्क तो आपका अच्छा बन गया है . abhī sambandh samparka tō āpkā achchhā ban gayā hai . ab[adv.hī] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x tō āp[pn.pl.kā] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . now relationship x then you[.kā] achcha become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 230सभी के में प्रभाव भी अच्छा है . sabhī kē|K mē̃ prabhāv bhī achchhā hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mē̃[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all (of|K) in x too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
239Whilst you were giving a message to each soul, those souls who are to come into the kingdom created their fortune and have already come forward.
231लक्ष्य रखने से ऐसी सहयोगी आत्माएं भी मिल जायेंगी . lakṣhya rakhnē sē aisī sahyōgī ātmāē̃ bhī mil jāyēṅgī . lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . aim keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] from such co-operative soul too receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 232कांफ्रेंस , योग शिविर , भाषण करके आना है - यह नहीं , हैन्ड्स तैयार करना है लक्ष्य यह हो . kāmphrē̃s , yōg śhivir , bhāṣhaṇ karkē ānā hai - yah nahī̃ , hands taiyār karnā hai lakṣhya yah hō . x , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhivir[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] - yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , hand taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lakṣhya[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x , yoga camp , lecture do[abs.] come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] - this not , hand x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aim this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
240But now, the population of those who are to receive the message is greater than the emerged children who are to claim a right to the kingdom.
233चाहे गीता पाठशाला के माफिक चलाओ . chāhē gītā pāṭhśhālā kē|K māphik chalāō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gītā pāṭhśhālā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K muāphik chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (of|K) x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 234धीरे-धीरे गीता पाठशाला से उपसेवाकेन्द्र , उपसेवाकेन्द्र से केन्द्र बन जायेगा . dhīrē-dhīrē gītā pāṭhśhālā sē upsēvākēndra , upsēvākēndra sē kēndra ban jāyēgā . dhīrē gītā pāṭhśhālā[x] sē[postp.] up-sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , up-sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . x x from x , x from centre become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
241Both types of souls have emerged: those who are to come into the royal family and those who are to sit on the royal throne.
235लेकिन जो भी ग्रुप कहाँ भी जाये कम्बाइन्ड सेवा के बिना सफलता असम्भव है . lēkin jō bhī group kahā̃ bhī jāyē combined sēvā kē|K binā saphaltā asambhav hai . lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] group kahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] combined sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] asambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but that too group where too go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] combined service (of|K) without success impossible be[pres.sg.23] .
242All of you will claim a right to the kingdom, will you not? 243Or, will the others who come claim a right to it?
236ऐसा नहीं कि जाओ सेवा करने और लौटो तो कहो माया आ गई , मूड ऑफ हो गया , डिस्टर्ब हो गये . aisā nahī̃ ki jāō sēvā karnē aur lauṭō tō kahō māyā ā gaī , mood off hō gayā , disturb hō gayē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur lauṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , mood off[x] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , disturb hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . such not that go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] and x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Maya come[past-part.f..root+jānā] , off-mood be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , disturb be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
244Who will claim it? 245Will you claim it, or will you make others claim it?
237इसके कारण जो निमित्त आत्माएं है वो सेवा में भेजने से भी डरती हैं . iskē kāraṇ jō nimitt ātmāē̃ hai vō sēvā mē̃ bhējnē sē bhī ḍartī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.kē] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhējnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ḍarnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . this[.kē] because that instrument soul be[pres.sg.23] that service in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from too have fear[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
246What will you do? 247You will give others a chance too, will you not?
238हिम्मत नहीं रखती हैं . himmat nahī̃ rakhtī haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . courage not keep[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
248And what will you become?
239सोचना पड़ता है कि औरों की सेवा करते खुद तो ढीला नहीं हो जायेगा ! sōchnā paṛtā hai ki aurō̃ kī|key sēvā kartē khud tō ḍhīlā nahī̃ hō jāyēgā ! sōchnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ki[conj.] aurō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] khud tō ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ! think[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] that others (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] oneself then x not be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] !
249You will make others into those who have a right to the kingdom, and so what will you become?
240इसलिए यह अन्डर लाइन करो . isliē yah anḍar line karō . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] andar line karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore this inside line do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
250You will become even greater than they.
241सेवा में सफलता या सेवा में वृद्धि का साधन है स्व और सर्व की कम्बाइन्ड सेवा . sēvā mē̃ saphaltā yā sēvā mē̃ vr̥iddhi kā sādhan hai sva aur sarv kī|key combined sēvā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] yā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sva aur sarv[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key combined sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . service in success or service in growth of facilities be[pres.sg.23] x and all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) combined service . 242सभी डबल विदेशियों ने सभी स्थानों से पत्र भी बहुत यादप्यार के लाये हैं . sabhī double vidēśhiyō̃ nē sabhī sthānō̃ sē patra bhī bahut yādpyār kē|K lāyē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . all double foreigner ∅ all place from x too very love, remembrance (of|K) x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
251So now, in order to enable the message to reach all four directions, bring such souls close, so that one soul becomes an instrument for many.
243बापदादा के पास तीन प्रकार के पत्र पहुँचे हैं . bāpdādā kē pās tīn prakār kē|K patra pahũchē haĩ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] tīn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to x form (of|K) x reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 244एक तो है अति स्नेह के , खुशखबरी के और दूसरे हैं पुरूषार्थ में आगे बढ़ने का लक्ष्य कैसे रखा है , उस समाचार के पत्र और तीसरे हैं थोड़ा-थोड़ा बीच-बीच में नटखट होने के . ēk tō hai ati snēh kē|K , khuśhkhabarī kē|K aur dūsrē haĩ purūṣhārth mē̃ āgē baṛhnē kā lakṣhya kaisē rakhā hai , us samāchār kē|K patra aur tīsrē haĩ thōṛā-thōṛā bīch-bīch mē̃ naṭkhaṭ hōnē kē|K . ēk[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] ati snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] naṭkhaṭ[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . one then be[pres.sg.23] x love (of|K) , good news (of|K) and other be[pres.pl.12hon3] effort in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim how keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that news (of|K) x and third be[pres.pl.12hon3] short x mischievous be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) . 245कोई ने क्या , कोई ने क्या लिखा है . kōī nē kyā , kōī nē kyā likhā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] kyā , kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] kyā likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . some ∅ what , some ∅ what write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 246लेकिन बापदादा सभी पत्र लिखने वाले बच्चों को यही रेसपान्ड कर रहे हैं कि सदा कम्बाइन्ड सेवा और स्थिति अर्थात् बाप और आप यह कम्बाइन्ड स्थिति , कम्बाइन्ड सेवा और सदा फरिश्ते स्वरूप का सम्पूर्ण लक्ष्य सामने रखे . lēkin bāpdādā sabhī patra likhnē vālē bachchō̃ kō yahī respond kar rahē haĩ ki sadā combined sēvā aur sthiti arthāt bāp aur āp yah combined sthiti , combined sēvā aur sadā phariśhtē svarūp kā sampūrṇ lakṣhya sāmnē rakhē . lēkin bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] respond karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā combined sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur sthiti[n.f.;sg.] arthāt bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] combined sthiti[n.f.;sg.] , combined sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur sadā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sampūrṇ[adj.] lakṣhya[adj.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.sg.23]|rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . but BapDada all x write[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to this response do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that constantly combined service and stage that is father and you this combined stage , combined service and constantly angel form of complete aim x (keep[opt.sg.23]|keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
252Only then will the speed of giving the message be fast.
247आज पुरुषार्थी , कल फरिश्ता . āj puruṣhārthī , kal phariśhtā . āj purūṣhārthī[adj.] , kal phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . today effort-maker , x angel . 248सदा फरिश्ता स्वरूप ऐसे सामने हो जैसे स्वयं का स्वरूप सदा स्मृति में रहता है अपना स्थूल स्वरूप कभी भूलता नहीं है ना . sadā phariśhtā svarūp aisē sāmnē hō jaisē svayã kā svarūp sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rahtā hai apnā sthūl svarūp kabhī bhūltā nahī̃ hai nā . sadā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svayã kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthūl[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . constantly angel form such x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) like x of form constantly awareness in remain[pres.sg.m.23] (adopt[root]|one’s own) physical form ever forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
253This is why BapDada gave you a signal earlier also, that wherever there is the greatest population, now make such souls instruments; whether in institutions or industries, both have a greater population.
249तो जैसे अपना स्थूल स्वरूप सदा याद रहता है वैसे अपना फरिश्ता स्वरूप सदा ही स्पष्ट सामने हो . tō jaisē apnā sthūl svarūp sadā yād rahtā hai vaisē apnā phariśhtā svarūp sadā hī spaṣhṭ sāmnē hō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthūl[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hī[p.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] sāmnē hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then like (adopt[root]|one’s own) physical form constantly remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] x (adopt[root]|one’s own) angel form constantly only clearly x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
254Then by your making one soul worthy, he becomes your service companion and brings others close. 255You simply continue to give a message and move forward.
250बस अभी अभी बने कि बने . bas abhī abhī banē ki banē . basnā[root]|bas ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] . (x[root]|simply) now now (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) that (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) .
256Make them the instruments to give the message.
251फरिश्ते थे , फरिश्ते हैं और कल्प कल्प फरिश्ते हमको ही बनना है . phariśhtē thē , phariśhtē haĩ aur kalp kalp phariśhtē hamkō hī bannā hai . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[past.pl] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . angel be[past.pl] , angel be[pres.pl.12hon3] and cycle cycle angel we[.kō] only become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
257Now, according to the stage of you souls, you will receive a readymade stage.
252तो हिम्मत , उमंग , उत्साह से उडते चलो . tō himmat , umaṅg , utsāh sē uḍtē chalō . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] , utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then courage , zeal , enthusiasm from fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
258Give others a chance to use their body, mind and wealth for service.
253साफ दिल से लिखते बहुत अच्छा है , यह डबल विदेशियों की विशेषता है . sāph dil sē likhtē bahut achchhā hai , yah double vidēśhiyō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai . sāph[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] likhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . clean heart from write[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] . 254स्पष्ट है . spaṣhṭ hai . spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . clearly be[pres.sg.23] .
259Whether they use their body, their mind or their wealth; it is only then that they will go into the subjects of the golden age.
255छिपाने वाले नहीं है . chhipānē vālē nahī̃ hai . chhipānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . hide[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.sg.23] . 256स्पष्ट का अर्थ है श्रेष्ठ . spaṣhṭ kā arth|earth hai śhrēṣhṭh . spaṣhṭ[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] . clearly of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] elevated .
260If they do not use anything, how will they go there?
257चेक करने की शक्ति बहुत अच्छी है , डबल विदेशियों में . check karnē kī|key śhakti bahut achchhī hai , double vidēśhiyō̃ mē̃ . check karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] . check do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , double foreigner in .
261Let them sow the seed. 262All of you have already sown the seeds.
258अभी सिर्फ चेन्ज करने की शक्ति उतनी मात्रा में रखो . abhī sirph change karnē kī|key śhakti utnī mātrā mē̃ rakhō . ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] change karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mātrā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now only change do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti x trace in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 259चेकिग की मात्रा ज्यादा है , चेंज की थोड़ी कम है तो इसका भी बैलेन्स रखो . cēkig kī|key mātrā jyādā hai , change kī|key thōṛī cum|kam hai tō iskā bhī balance rakhō . x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mātrā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , change karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō yah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] balance rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) trace more be[pres.sg.23] , change (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) short (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] then this[.kā] too balance keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
263You are now receiving the fruit. 264Now prepare such a group that any of them can go for service and give a message in any direction for one or two months.
260स्पष्ट बहुत दिल से देते हैं और लेते भी हैं . spaṣhṭ bahut dil sē dētē haĩ aur lētē bhī haĩ . spaṣhṭ[adj.] bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . clearly very heart from give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 261रिटर्न उसी समय मिल जाता है . return usī samay mil jātā hai . return vah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . return that[.hī] time receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 262अगर सच्ची दिल से कोई अपनी कमज़ोरी भी लिखता है तो बाप क्षमा का सागर उसी समय रिटर्न में क्षमा कर देता है . agar sachchī dil sē kōī apnī kamzōrī bhī likhtā hai tō bāp kṣhamā kā sāgar usī samay return mē̃ kṣhamā kar dētā hai . agar sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] likhnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] return mē̃[postp.] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . if true heart from some one’s own weakness too write[pres.sg.m.23] then father forgiveness of ocean that[.hī] time return in forgiveness do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
265At one time, there should not just be one group, but prepare seven or eight groups at the same time, and let each group go and do service in their own area. 266Whether it is a small country or a large country, prepare a group closeby and send that group on service.
263बहुत प्यार के कार्ड , बहुत प्यार के पत्र बापदादा देखते हैं . bahut pyār kē|K card , bahut pyār kē|K patra bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ . bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K card , bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very love (of|K) card , very love (of|K) x BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 264गिफ्ट देने वाले स्वयं ही बाप की गिफ्ट हैं . gift dēnē vālē svayã hī bāp kī|key gift haĩ . gift dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svayã hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . gift give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x only father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
267However, the method of service that that group should have in their intellect is that they should awaken a main one who would then awaken others.
265गिफ्ट देना अर्थात् लिफ्ट लेना . gift dēnā arthāt lift lēnā . gift dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt lift lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . gift give[inf.m.sg.d.] that is lift take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
268Prepare them there and continue to move forward.
266तो सिर्फ गिफ्ट देना नहीं , लेकिन लिफ्ट लेना भी है . tō sirph gift dēnā nahī̃ , lēkin lift lēnā bhī hai . tō sirph[adj.] gift dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin lift lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then only gift give[inf.m.sg.d.] not , but lift take[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] . 267अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
269Whenever you wish to increase service, the first question that arises is: Where will the hands come from?
268कल्प पहले का वर्सा लेने के लिए नये नये सभी बच्चे पहुँच गये हैं इसके लिए बापदादा वेलकम कर रहे हैं , और नये बर्थ के बर्थ डे की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . kalp pahlē kā varsā lēnē kē liē nayē nayē sabhī bachchē pahũch gayē haĩ iskē liē bāpdādā welcome kar rahē haĩ , aur nayē birth kē|K birth day kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bāpdādā welcome karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] birth kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K birth day[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . cycle (x|firstly) of inheritance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] for new new all child reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) BapDada welcome do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , and new x (of|K) birthday (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 269अच्छा - चारों ओर के सर्व कम्बाइन्ड स्थिति में स्थिति रहने वाले , सदा कम्बाइन्ड सेवा में अथक सेवा से निमित्त बनने वाले , सदा बीती को बीती कर बाप के संग के रंग की होली मनाने वाले हंस आत्माएं , सदा तीनों काल के वर्से के खुशी में रहने वाले , सदा साक्षी बन प्रकृति बन प्रकृति और माया का खेल देखने वाले - ऐसे सदा विजयी , सदा उड़ती कला वाले , सदा फरिश्ता स्वरूप सामने अनुभव करने वाले , श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को बापदादा का यादप्यार और नमस्ते . achchhā - chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv combined sthiti mē̃ sthiti rahnē vālē , sadā combined sēvā mē̃ athak sēvā sē nimitt bannē vālē , sadā bītī kō bītī kar bāp kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg kī|key hōlī|holy manānē vālē hans ātmāē̃ , sadā tīnō̃ kāl kē|K varsē kē|K khuśhī mē̃ rahnē vālē , sadā sākṣhī ban prakr̥iti ban prakr̥iti aur māyā kā khēl dēkhnē vālē - aisē sadā vijayī , sadā uṛtī kalā vālē , sadā phariśhtā svarūp sāmnē anubhav karnē vālē , śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur namastē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] combined sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā combined sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] athak[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] kō[postp.] bītnā[root.past-part+karnā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hans[x]|hãsnā[root] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā tīnō̃[adj.] kal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] prakr̥iti[x] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] prakr̥iti[x] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] - aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā vijayī[adj.] , sadā uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . achcha - everywhere (of|K) all combined stage in stage remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly combined service in x service from instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly (past|pass[past-part.f.]) to pass[root.past-part+karnā] father (of|K) company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (swan|laugh out[root]) soul , constantly all three x (of|K) inheritance (of|K) happiness in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly detached observer (x|become[root]) matter (x|become[root]) matter and Maya of (play|play[root]) see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who - such constantly victorious , constantly fly[pres-part.f.] degree those who , constantly angel form x experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , elevated soul to BapDada of love, remembrance and x . 270पार्टियों से अव्यक्त बापदादा की मुलाकातparty sē avyakt bāpdādā kī|key mulākātparty sē[postp.] avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mulākāt[n.f.;sg.]party from avyakt BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x2711 . जैसे आवाज में आना अति सहज लगता है ऐसे ही आवाज से परे हो जाना इतना सहज है ? 1 . jaisē āvāj mē̃ ānā ati sahaj lagtā hai aisē hī āvāj sē parē hō jānā itnā sahaj hai ? 1 . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ati sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] par hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? 1 . like noise in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) x easy x[pres.sg.m.23] such only noise from other (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) such easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
270Will the hands come from the subtle region?
272यह बुद्धि की एक्सरसाइज़ सदैव करते रहना चाहिए . yah buddhi kī|key exercise sadaiv kartē rahnā chāhiē . yah[pn.sg.d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key exercise sadā karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] . this intellect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) exercise constantly do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) . 273जैसे शरीर की एक्सरसाइज़ शरीर को तन्दुरूस्त बनाती है ऐसे आत्मा की एक्सरसाइज़ आत्मा को शक्तिशाली बनाती है . jaisē śharīr kī|key exercise śharīr kō tandurūsta banātī hai aisē ātmā kī|key exercise ātmā kō śhaktiśhālī banātī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key exercise śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tandarūst[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.f.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key exercise ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.f.23] . like body (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) exercise body to x create[pres.sg.f.23] such soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) exercise soul to powerful create[pres.sg.f.23] .
271Prepare such souls in every place, and then give such souls, who have been prepared and in whom there is hope, special time and training, so that they can then continue from then onwards.
274तो यह एक्सरसाइज़ आती है या आवाज में आने की प्रैक्टिस ज्यादा है ? tō yah exercise ātī hai yā āvāj mē̃ ānē kī|key practice jyādā hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] exercise ānā[pres.sg.f.23] yā āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key practice jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then this exercise come[pres.sg.f.23] or noise in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) practice more be[pres.sg.23] ?
272And those who are the instruments should continue to tour around.
275अभी-अभी आवाज में आना और अभी-अभी आवाज से परे हो जाना - जैसे वह सहज लगता है वैसे यह भी सहज अनुभव हो . abhī-abhī āvāj mē̃ ānā aur abhī-abhī āvāj sē parē hō jānā - jaisē vah sahaj lagtā hai vaisē yah bhī sahaj anubhav hō . ab[adv.hī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur ab[adv.hī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] par hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] - jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now noise in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and now noise from other (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) - like that easy x[pres.sg.m.23] x this too easy experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
273The old centres have now become strong, have they not? 274So, tour around the new centres and make the new ones old.
276क्योंकि आत्मा मालिक है . kyōṅki ātmā mālik hai . kyōṅki ātmā[n.f.;sg.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because soul master be[pres.sg.23] . 277सभी राजयोगी हो , प्रजायोगी तो नहीं ? sabhī rājyōgī hō , prajāyōgī tō nahī̃ ? sab[adv.hī] rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , prajā-yōgī[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] ? all Raja Yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , praja-yogi then not ?
275The method to make the hands worthy is to give them training from time to time.
278राजा का काम है आर्डर पर चलाना . rājā kā kām hai order par chalānā . rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] order par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . king of (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] order (at|other) x[inf.m.sg.d.] . 279तो यह मुख भी आपके आर्डर पर हो - जब चाहो तब चलाओ और जब चाहो तब नहीं चलाओ . tō yah mukh bhī āpkē order par hō - jab chāhō tab chalāō aur jab chāhō tab nahī̃ chalāō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] order par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] - jab chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tab chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur jab chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tab nahī̃[neg] chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this mouth too you[.kē] order (at|other) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) - when x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] for only then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and when x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] for only then not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
276In places that are closeby, whether there are eight or ten souls, it is essential for them to receive training from time to time.
280आवाज से परे हो जाओ लेकिन इस रूहानी एक्सरसाइज़ में सिर्फ मुख की आवाज से परे नहीं होना है . āvāj sē parē hō jāō lēkin is rūhānī exercise mē̃ sirph mukh kī|key āvāj sē parē nahī̃ hōnā hai . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] par hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] lēkin yah[pn.sg.o.] rūhānī[adj.] exercise mē̃[postp.] sirph[adj.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] par nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . noise from other be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] but this spiritual exercise in only mouth (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) noise from other not be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 281मन से भी आवाज में आने के संकल्प से परे होना है . man sē bhī āvāj mē̃ ānē kē|K saṅkalp sē parē hōnā hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] par hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . mind from too noise in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (of|K) thought from other be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 282मुख से चुप हो जाओ और मन में बातें करते रहो . mukh sē chup hō jāō aur man mē̃ bātē̃ kartē rahō . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chup[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] aur man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . mouth from silence be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] and mind in matter do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . 283आवाज से परे अर्थात् मुख और मन दोनों की आवाज से परे , शान्ति के सागर में समा जायें . āvāj sē parē arthāt mukh aur man dōnō̃ kī|key āvāj sē parē , śhānti kē|K sāgar mē̃ samā jāyē̃ . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] par arthāt mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur man[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] par , śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . noise from other that is mouth and mind x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) noise from other , peace (of|K) ocean in merge[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
277Just as previously in Bharat too, sometimes there were youth groups prepared, sometimes education groups and sometimes the doctors' group, in the same way, prepare a group in the places which are still remaining and keep the aim that you must make someone from there an instrument.
284यह स्वीट साइलेन्स की अनुभूति कितनी प्यारी है ! yah sweet silence kī|key anubhūti kitnī pyārī hai ! yah[pn.sg.d.] sweet silence[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! this sweet silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience so loving be[pres.sg.23] ! 285अनुभवी तो हो ना . anubhavī tō hō nā . anubhavī[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . experienced then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
278Continue to make them instruments and continue to move forward.
286एक सेकेण्ड भी आवाज से परे हो स्वीट साइलेन्स की स्थिति में स्थित हो जाओ . ēk second bhī āvāj sē parē hō sweet silence kī|key sthiti mē̃ sthit hō jāō . ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] par hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sweet silence[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . one second too noise from other (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) sweet silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage in stabilised be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 287तो कितना प्यारा लगता है ? tō kitnā pyārā lagtā hai ? tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then so loving x[pres.sg.m.23] ? 288साइलेन्स प्यारी क्यों लगती है ? silence pyārī kyō̃ lagtī hai ? silence pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kyō̃ lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? silence loving why x[pres.sg.f.23] ?
279Now, you have very good connections and relationships. 280Everyone has a very good impression in their mind, and therefore, by your keeping this aim, you will find such cooperative souls.
289क्योंकि आत्मा का स्वधर्म ही शान्ति है , ओरिजनल देश भी शान्ति देश है . kyōṅki ātmā kā svadharm hī śhānti hai , original dēśh bhī śhānti dēśh hai . kyōṅki ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svadharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] śhānti hōnā[pres.sg.23] , original dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] śhānti dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because soul of original dharma only peace be[pres.sg.23] , original land too peace land be[pres.sg.23] .
281Do you wish to come here after having held a conference, a yoga camp, or having given a lecture?
290इसलिए आत्मा को स्वीट साइलेन्स बहुत प्यारी लगती है . isliē ātmā kō sweet silence bahut pyārī lagtī hai . isliē ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sweet silence[x] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . therefore soul to sweet silence very loving x[pres.sg.f.23] .
282It should not be this, but your aim should be that you have to prepare hands.
291एक सकेण्ड में भी आराम मिल जाता है . ēk sakēṇḍa mē̃ bhī ārām mil jātā hai . ēk[adj.] x mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ārām[x] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . one x in too comfort receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 292कितनी भी मन से , तन से थके हुए हो लेकिन अगर एक मिनट भी स्वीट साइलेन्स में चले जाअसे तो तन और मन को आराम ऐसा अनुभव होगा जैसे बहुत समय आराम करके कोई उठता है तो कितना फ्रेश होता है ! kitnī bhī man sē , tan sē thakē huē hō lēkin agar ēk minute bhī sweet silence mē̃ chalē jāasē tō tan aur man kō ārām aisā anubhav hōgā jaisē bahut samay ārām karkē kōī uṭhtā hai tō kitnā fresh hōtā hai ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|thaknā, phathaknā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin agar ēk[adj.] minute bhī[p.] sweet silence[x] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x tō tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ārām[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ārām[x] karnā[abs.] kōī[pn.;d.] uṭhnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fresh hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! so too mind from , body from (become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become desperate[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but if one minute too sweet silence in (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) x then body and mind to comfort such experience be[fut.m.sg.23] like very time comfort do[abs.] some wake up[pres.sg.m.23] then so fresh be[pres.sg.m.23] !
283Even if you first run that place as a Gita Pathshala, gradually it will become a subcentre from a Gita Pathshala, and a centre from a subcentre. 284But wherever any group goes, it is impossible for them to attain success without doing combined service.
293कभी भी कोई हलचल होती है , लड़ाई झगड़ा या हल्ला-गुल्ला कुछ भी होता है तो एक दो को क्या कहते है ? kabhī bhī kōī halchal hōtī hai , laṛāī jhagṛā|jhagaṛā yā hallā-gullā kuchh bhī hōtā hai tō ēk dō kō kyā kahtē hai ? kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] halchal[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , laṛāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|laṛānā[past-part.f.] jhagṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jhagaṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā x kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] kyā kahnā[x] ? ever too some upheaval be[pres.sg.f.23] , (war|x[past-part.f.]) (quarrelling|quarrel[past-part.m.sg.d.]) or x anything be[pres.sg.m.23] then one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to what say[x] ? 294शान्त हो जाओ . śhānt hō jāō . śhānt[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . silent be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
285It shouldn't be that you go to do service, and when you come back, you say: I faced Maya, my mood was put off, I became disturbed.
295क्योंकि शान्ति में आराम है . kyōṅki śhānti mē̃ ārām hai . kyōṅki śhānti mē̃[postp.] ārām[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because peace in comfort be[pres.sg.23] .
286Its should not be like this.
296तो आप भी सारे दिन में समय प्रति समय , जब भी समय मिले स्वीट साइलेन्स में चले जाओ . tō āp bhī sārē din mē̃ samay prati samay , jab bhī samay milē sweet silence mē̃ chalē jāō . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jab bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] sweet silence[x] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive] . then you too the whole day in time for time , when too time (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) sweet silence in (continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive]) .
287Because of this, the instrument souls are afraid to send you on service. 288They will not have the courage.
297अनुभव में खो जाओ - बहुत अच्छा लगेगा . anubhav mē̃ khō jāō - bahut achchhā lagēgā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] - bahut achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . experience in lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] - very enjoy . 298अशरीरी बनने का अभ्यास सहज हो जायेगा . aśharīrī bannē kā abhyās sahaj hō jāyēgā . aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . bodiless become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
289They have to think that perhaps whilst serving others, will you yourself not become slack?
299क्योंकि अन्त में अशरीरीपन का अभ्यास ही काम में आयेगा . kyōṅki ant mē̃ aśharīrīpan kā abhyās hī kām mē̃ āyēgā . kyōṅki ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aśharīrīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . because end in being bodiless of practice only (task|lust) in come[fut.m.sg.23] . 300सेकेण्ड में अशरीरी हो जायें . second mē̃ aśharīrī hō jāyē̃ . second mē̃[postp.] aśharīrī[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . second in bodiless be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
290This is why you must underline this: The method for success in service or expansion in service is the combined service of the self and others.
301चाहे अपना पार्ट भी कोई चल रहा हो लेकिन अशरीरी बन आत्मा साक्षी हो अपने शरीर का भी पार्ट देखे . chāhē apnā part bhī kōī chal rahā hō lēkin aśharīrī ban ātmā sākṣhī hō apnē śharīr kā bhī part dēkhē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] chalnā[x] lēkin aśharīrī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (adopt[root]|one’s own) part too some continue[x] but bodiless (x|become[root]) soul detached observer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) one’s own body of too part (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) .
291All the double foreigners have brought many letters of love and remembrances from many places.
302मैं आत्मा न्यारी हूँ , शरीर से यह पार्ट करा रही हूँ . maĩ ātmā nyārī hū̃ , śharīr sē yah part karā rahī hū̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.f.prog.1] . I soul unique be[pres.sg.1] , body from this part make commit[pres.sg.f.prog.1] .
292So BapDada received three types of letters:one is a letter of extreme love and good news.
303यही न्यारेपन की अवस्था अन्त में विजयी या पास विद् ऑनर का सर्टिफिकेट देंगी . yahī nyārēpan kī|key avasthā ant mē̃ vijayī yā pass with honour kā certificate dē̃gī . yahī[pn.;d.] nyārēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key avasthā[n.f.;sg.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijayī[adj.] yā pass with honour[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] certificate dēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . this separation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage end in victorious or pass with honours of certificate give[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . 304सभी पास विथ ऑनर होने वाले हो ? sabhī pass with honour hōnē vālē hō ? sab[adv.hī] pass with honour[x] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? all pass with honours be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 305मजबूरी से पास होने वाले नहीं . majbūrī sē pās|pass hōnē vālē nahī̃ . majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . x from (x|pass) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not .
293The second is the news of the aim that they have kept of moving forward in their effort, and the third is the news of those who are slightly mischievous every now and again.
306कभी टीचर को भी एक दो मार्क देकर पास करना पड़ता है . kabhī teacher kō bhī ēk dō mark dēkar pās|pass karnā paṛtā hai . kabhī[adv.] teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mark dēnā[abs.] pās|pass karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . ever teacher to too one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) mark give[abs.] (x|pass) do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . 307ऐसे पास होने वाले नहीं हैं . aisē pās|pass hōnē vālē nahī̃ haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . such (x|pass) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
294Some have written one thing and others have written something else.
308खुशी-खुशी से अपने शक्ति से पास विद् ऑनर होने वाले . khuśhī-khuśhī sē apnē śhakti sē pass with honour hōnē vālē . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pass with honour[x] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . happiness from one’s own Shakti from pass with honours be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who . 309ऐसे हो ना ? aisē hō nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? such (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ? 310जब टाइटल भी डबल विदेशी है तो मार्क्स भी सबसे डबल लेंगे ना ! jab title bhī double vidēśhī hai tō marks bhī sabsē double lē̃gē nā ! jab title bhī[p.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō mark bhī[p.] sabsē double lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! when title too double foreigner be[pres.sg.23] then mark too the most double take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ! 311भारतवासियों को क्या नशा है ? bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō kyā naśhā hai ? bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? people of Bharat to what intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ?
295However, BapDada responds to all who have written a letter: Always have a combined stage, that is, always remain in the combined form of Baba and I, do combined service and constantly keep the full aim of the angelic form in front of you.
312भारतवासियों को फिर अपना नशा है . bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō phir apnā naśhā hai . bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . people of Bharat to (turn[root]|then) (adopt[root]|one’s own) intoxication be[pres.sg.23] . 313भारत में ही बाप आते हैं . bhārat mē̃ hī bāp ātē haĩ . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Bharat in only father come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
296Today, you are an effortmaker and tomorrow you will be an angel.
314लन्दन में तो नहीं आते हैं ना . London mē̃ tō nahī̃ ātē haĩ nā . London mē̃[postp.] tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . x in then not come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ . 315 ( आ तो सकते हैं ) अभी तक ड्रामा में पार्ट दिखाई नहीं दे रहा है . ( ā tō saktē haĩ ) abhī tak drama mē̃ part dikhāī nahī̃ dē rahā hai . ( ānā[root] tō saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ) ab[adv.hī] tak drama mē̃[postp.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . ( come[root] then can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ) now until drama in part (x[past-part.f.]|x) not give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
297The angelic form should always be in front of you in the same way as your form is always in your consciousness.
316ड्रामा की भावी कभी भगवान भी नहीं टाल सकता . drama kī|key bhāvī kabhī bhagvān bhī nahī̃ ṭāl saktā . drama karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kabhī[adv.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|ṭālnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . drama (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) will ever God too not (x|x[root]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
298You never forget your physical form.
317ड्रामा को अथॉरिटी मिली हुई है . drama kō authority milī huī hai . drama kō[postp.] authority milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . drama to authority receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 318अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 319सभी मौज मनाने वाले हो ? sabhī mauj manānē vālē hō ? sab[adv.hī] mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? all pleasure celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 320बीच-बीच में थोड़ा मूँझने वाले तो नहीं . bīch-bīch mē̃ thōṛā mūnjhnē vālē tō nahī̃ . bīch-bīch mē̃[x] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūnjhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] . x short be confused[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then not .
299So, just as you always remember your physical form, in the same way, your angelic form should clearly and constantly be in front of you.
321जहाँ मौज हे वहाँ मूंझना नहीं . jahā̃ mauj hē vahā̃ mūñjhnā nahī̃ . jahā̃ mauj[n.f.;sg.] hē vahā̃ mūnjhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . where there pleasure x there be confused[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
300You are now about to become that.
322जब युग ही मौज का है , तो मौज के समय भी कोई मूंझता रहे तो मौज कब मनायेंगे ? jab yug hī mauj kā hai , tō mauj kē|K samay bhī kōī mūnjhtā rahē tō mauj kab manāyēṅgē ? jab yug[x] hī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] mūnjhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] kab manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? when age only pleasure of be[pres.sg.23] , then pleasure (of|K) time too some be confused[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] then pleasure when celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
301"We were angels, we are angels and we are the ones who have to become the angels every kalpa."
323कितने जन्म मूंझते रहे ? kitnē janm mūñjhtē rahē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? so (life|be born[root]) be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ? 324बाप के सम्बन्ध में भी कितना मूँझते रहे ? bāp kē|K sambandh mē̃ bhī kitnā mū̃jhtē|mūnjhtē rahē ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? father (of|K) relationship in too so (be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?
302So continue to fly with courage, zeal and enthusiasm. 303You write very well with an honest heart.
325कृष्ण है , हनूमान है , राम है … कोन है बाप ? kr̥iṣhṇa hai , hanūmān hai , rām hai … kōn hai bāp ? kr̥iṣhṇa[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hanūmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … x hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? Krishna be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] , Rama be[pres.sg.23] … x be[pres.sg.23] father ?
304This is a speciality of the double foreigners.
326मूँझते रहे ना ! mū̃jhtē|mūnjhtē rahē nā ! mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā ! (be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ !
305You are very clear.
327अपने भाग्य में भी मूँझते रहे . apnē bhāgya mē̃ bhī mū̃jhtē|mūnjhtē rahē . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . one’s own x in too (be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
306You are not those who hide anything.
328हम तो हैं ही चरणों की धूल . ham tō haĩ hī charaṇō̃ kī|key dhūl . ham[pn.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] charaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhūl[n.f.;sg.] . we then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dust . 329यही मानते रहे ना . yahī māntē rahē nā . yahī[pn.;d.] mānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . this x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ .
307So you are clear, and the meaning of being clear is to be elevated.
330बाप के परिचय में भी मूँझते रहे तो व्यवहार में भी मूँझते रहे , परिवार में भी मूँझते रहे . bāp kē|K parichay mē̃ bhī mū̃jhtē|mūnjhtē rahē tō vyavahār mē̃ bhī mū̃jhtē|mūnjhtē rahē , parivār mē̃ bhī mū̃jhtē|mūnjhtē rahē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō vyavahār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . father (of|K) introduction in too (be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then behaviour in too (be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , family in too (be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
308Double foreigners have very good power of checking themselves. 309Now, keep the power to change yourself with you to the same extent.
331लेकिन अभी मौज . lēkin abhī mauj . lēkin ab[adv.hī] mauj[n.f.;sg.] . but now pleasure . 332अभी किसी भी बात में मूँझने का मार्जिन ही नहीं है . abhī kisī bhī bāt mē̃ mūnjhnē kā margin hī nahī̃ hai . ab[adv.hī] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] mūnjhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] margin hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now (anything|some) too matter in be confused[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x only not be[pres.sg.23] .
310You do have it, but you have the power of checking to a slightly greater extent.
333त्रिकालदर्शी आत्मा कभी भी किसी बात में मूँझ नहीं सकती . trikāldarśhī ātmā kabhī bhī kisī bāt mē̃ mūnjh nahī̃ saktī . trikāldarśhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] mūnjhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . trikaldarshi soul ever too (anything|some) matter in be confused[root] not can[pres-part.f.] .
311The power to change is slightly lacking, so keep a balance between these two.
334तीनों काल क्लीयर हैं . tīnō̃ kāl clear haĩ . tīnō̃[adj.] kal clear hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all three x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 335जब मंजिल और रास्ता क्लीयर हेता है तो कोई मूँझता नहीं . jab mañjil aur rāstā clear hētā hai tō kōī mūnjhtā nahī̃ . jab mañzil[n.f.;sg.] aur rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] clear x hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kōī[pn.;d.] mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . when destination and path x x be[pres.sg.23] then some be confused[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not .
312Just as you are clever in checking, if even something little happens, you relate it clearly.
336त्रिकालदर्शी आत्माएं कभी कोई बात में सिवाए मौज के और कोई अनुभव नहीं करतीं . trikāldarśhī ātmāē̃ kabhī kōī bāt mē̃ sivāē mauj kē|K aur kōī anubhav nahī̃ kartī̃ . trikāldarśhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sivāē mauj[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur kōī[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.f.pl.] . trikaldarshi soul ever some matter in except pleasure (of|K) someone else experience not do[pres-part.f.pl.] .
313So be clear and elevated, check and change. 314Do you understand? 315Everyone's letter has reached here.
337चाहे परिस्थिति मूँझाने वाली हो लेकिन ब्राह्मण आत्मा उसको भी मौज में बदल लेगी . chāhē paristhiti mū̃jhānē vālī hō lēkin brāhmaṇ ātmā uskō bhī mauj mē̃ badal lēgī . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+lēnā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) circumstances x those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but Brahmin soul that[.kō] too pleasure in change[fut.f.sg.23.root+lēnā] .
316Give everyone this message, otherwise they think: I sent a letter to Baba, but I did not receive a reply.
338इतनी ताकत हे ? itnī tākat hē ? itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hē ? such power x ? 339या कहेंगे कि क्या करें मैं तो मूँझती नहीं हूँ , लेकिन बात ऐसी थी … . yā kahē̃gē ki kyā karē̃ maĩ tō mūnjhtī nahī̃ hū̃ , lēkin bāt aisī thī … . yā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō mūnjhnā[pres-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , lēkin bāt[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past.f] … . or say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that what do[opt.pl.12hon3] I then be confused[pres-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.1] , but matter such be[past.f] … .
317You give love and remembrances from deep within your heart, and as you give them, you also receive them.
340बात पावरफुल है या आप पावरफुल हो ? bāt powerful hai yā āp powerful hō ? bāt[n.f.;sg.] powerful hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā āp[pn.pl.] powerful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? matter powerful be[pres.sg.23] or you powerful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
318You receive the return of it at that time.
341बात को खिलौना समझ लो तो मौज में खेलेंगे . bāt kō khilaunā samajh lō tō mauj mē̃ khēlē̃gē . bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] khilaunā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] khēlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . matter to x understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] then pleasure in play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 342बड़ी बात है … यह है … वह है … तो खेल नहीं समझेंगे , मुश्किल समझेंगे . baṛī bāt hai … yah hai … vah hai … tō khēl nahī̃ samajhē̃gē , muśhkil samajhē̃gē . baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … tō khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , muśhkil[adj.] samajhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . very matter be[pres.sg.23] … this be[pres.sg.23] … that be[pres.sg.23] … then (play|play[root]) not understand[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , difficult understand[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
319If someone writes about his weakness with an honest heart, then Baba, the Ocean of Forgiveness, forgives his weakness at that moment in return. 320Do you understand?
343कितने बारी यह ब्राह्मण जीवन का पार्ट पास किया है ? kitnē bārī yah brāhmaṇ jīvan kā part pās|pass kiyā hai ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] pās|pass karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? so x this Brahmin life of part (x|pass) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? 344अनगिनत बार . anginat bār . anginat[x] bār[n.f.;sg.] . countless time .
321BapDada sees many cards and letters of love, and He gives so much time with so much love.
345तो कोई नई बात नहीं है जो मूँझो . tō kōī naī bāt nahī̃ hai jō mūnjhō . tō kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] mūnjhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then some new matter not be[pres.sg.23] that be confused[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
322Those who give a gift are themselves a gift for the Father.
346इसलिए कोई भी काम शुरू करो पहले यह चेक करो कि हर कर्म मौज में कर रही हूँ ? isliē kōī bhī kām śhurū karō pahlē yah check karō ki har|her karma mauj mē̃ kar rahī hū̃ ? isliē kōī bhī[x] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.1] ? therefore anyone (task|lust) beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|firstly) this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (x|x[root]) deed pleasure in do[pres.sg.f.prog.1] ?
323To give a gift means to receive a lift. 324So you must not simply give a gift, but also receive a lift.
347मज़ा आ रहा है कर्म योग से ? mazā ā rahā hai karma yōg sē ? mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ? pleasure come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] deed yoga from ? 348कैसा भी काम हो मजे से करो . kaisā bhī kām hō majē sē karō . kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . how too (task|lust) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) pleasure from do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
325Achcha. 326There are many new ones in this group that have come.
349चाहे कोई हार्ड वर्क हो , जॉब करने जाते हो - बहुत हार्ड है इसीलिए कहते हैं ना कि अभी जॉब ( नौकरी ) छुड़ा दो . chāhē kōī hard work hō , job karnē jātē hō - bahut hard hai isīliē kahtē haĩ nā ki abhī job ( naukrī ) chhuṛā dō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] hard work hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , job karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] - bahut hard hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] job ( naukrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) chhuṛānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) some hard x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[pres.pl.m.2] - very hard be[pres.sg.23] x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that now x ( work ) free[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
327All those who have come here for the first time, raise your hand! 328All of you have received a chance to sit in the front.
350छोड़ने चाहते हो ना ? chhōṛnē chāhtē hō nā ? chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ? 351छोड़ना नहीं है लेकिन हर कर्म को मजे में परिवर्तन करना है . chhōṛnā nahī̃ hai lēkin har|her karma kō majē mē̃ parivartan karnā hai . chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] but (x|x[root]) deed to pleasure in transformation do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
329You have arrived here to receive your inheritance of the previous kalpa, and so BapDada is welcoming you for that.
352डबल विदेशी समझते हैं कि अभी काम छोड़कर मधुबन में आ जायें . double vidēśhī samajhtē haĩ ki abhī kām chhōṛkar madhuban mē̃ ā jāyē̃ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[abs.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . double foreigner understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that now (task|lust) renounce[abs.] Madhuban in come[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
330He is giving you congratulations for the birthday of your new birth. 331Achcha.
353लेकिन सभी मधुबन में बैठ जायेंगे तो विश्व परिवर्तन कौन करेगा ? lēkin sabhī madhuban mē̃ baiṭh jāyēṅgē tō viśhva parivartan kaun karēgā ? lēkin sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? but all Madhuban in sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then world transformation who do[fut.m.sg.23] ? 354विश्व के कोने-कोने में इसीलिए ही गये हो . viśhva kē|K kōnē-kōnē mē̃ isīliē hī gayē hō . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] isīliē hī[p.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . world (of|K) corner in x only go[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . 355किसी भी कोने में जाओ , कोई न कोई ब्राह्मण आत्मा ज़रूर है . kisī bhī kōnē mē̃ jāō , kōī na kōī brāhmaṇ ātmā zarūr hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī na kōī[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (anything|some) too corner in go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one .. or another Brahmin soul definitely be[pres.sg.23] . 356सभी होली मनायेंगे ना . sabhī hōlī|holy manāyēṅgē nā . sab[adv.hī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . all (Holi|holy) celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
332To all those in all four directions who remain stable in the combined stage; to those who constantly become the instruments and remain tireless in the combined service; to the holy swan souls who constantly let the past be the past and who celebrate the Holi of the colour of the company of the Father; to the souls who remain in the happiness of the inheritance of all three aspects of time; to those who constantly remain a detached observer and observe the games of nature and Maya; to such constantly victorious souls who constantly have a flying stage, the elevated souls who experience their angelic form in front of them, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste.
357होली मनाना अर्थात् मौज मनाना . hōlī|holy manānā arthāt mauj manānā . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is pleasure celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] .
333* * * O M S H A N T I * * *
358आपकी तो रोज होली है . āpkī tō rōj hōlī|holy hai . āp[pn.pl.kī] tō rōz hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kī] then day (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] . 359रोज उत्सव है . rōj utsav hai . rōz utsav[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . day x be[pres.sg.23] . 360अच्छा है , अपने भाग्य के गीत गाते रहो . achchhā hai , apnē bhāgya kē|K gīt gātē rahō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , one’s own x (of|K) x sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . 361वाह मेरा श्रेष्ठ भाग्य ! vāh mērā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! wah! I[.kā] elevated x !
334Letter of sweet love and remembrances from Dadiji 19th March, 1992for Double foreigner brothers and sisters:
362भगवान का बनाना - इससे बड़ा भाग्य और क्या होगा ! bhagvān kā banānā - issē baṛā bhāgya aur kyā hōgā ! bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.sē] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! God of create[inf.m.sg.d.] - this[.sē] very x and what be[fut.m.sg.23] ! 363इसलिए सदा गीत गाते रहो और ससदा खुशी के झूले में झूलते रहो . isliē sadā gīt gātē rahō aur sasadā khuśhī kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūltē rahō . isliē sadā gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur x khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . therefore constantly x sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] and x happiness (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
335Please share this message of love and inspirations with those souls who have belonged to Baba and are not regular students any longer.
364झूलना आता है या चक्कर आता है ? jhūlnā ātā hai yā chakkar ātā hai ? jhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yā chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? swing[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] or cycle come[pres.sg.m.23] ? 365चक्कर में नहीं आना . chakkar mē̃ nahī̃ ānā . chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . cycle in not (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) . 366मौज से झूलते रहो . mauj sē jhūltē rahō . mauj[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . pleasure from swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
336Sakar Baba remembered them in the murli and now Avyakt BapDada also remembered them in this murli.
367डबल विदेशियों को अभी तक यह गोल्डन चांस है जो वर्ष-वर्ष आते हो . double vidēśhiyō̃ kō abhī tak yah golden chance hai jō varṣh-varṣh ātē hō . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tak yah[pn.sg.d.] golden chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] . double foreigner to now until this golden chance be[pres.sg.23] that year come[pres.pl.m.2] .
337Please contact these souls to give them Baba's remembrances:
368भारत वालों को तो दो-तीन साल में टर्न मिलता है . bhārat vālō̃ kō tō dō-tīn sāl mē̃ turn miltā hai . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō dō-tīn[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tum milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Bharat those who to then x year in you receive[pres.sg.m.23] . 369तो लक्की हो . tō lucky hō . tō lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 370अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 3712 . संगमयुगी ब्राह्मणों का कर्तव्य वा सेवा ही है खुश रहना और खुशी बांटना . 2 . saṅgamyugī brāhmaṇō̃ kā kartavya vā sēvā hī hai khuśh rahnā aur khuśhī bāṇṭnā . 2 . saṅgamyugī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . 2 . x Brahmin of activity or service only be[pres.sg.23] happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and happiness distribute[inf.m.sg.d.] .
338"The extremely loving souls who experiment with yoga using the many intense methods and instruments in the Year of Tapasya, those who are faraway and yet very close to the heart, please accept love and remembrances.
372इतनी खुशी जमा की है तो औरों को भी बांटो ? itnī khuśhī jamā kī hai tō aurō̃ kō bhī bāṇṭō ? itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tō aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ? such happiness accumulate then others to too distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ? 373थोड़ा सा स्टॉक तो नहीं इकठ्ठा किया है जो खर्च हो जाये और खाली हो जाओ . thōṛā sā stock tō nahī̃ ikaṭhṭhā kiyā hai jō kharcha hō jāyē aur khālī hō jāō . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stock tō nahī̃[neg] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] aur khālī[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . short x stock then not together do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that expenditure be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] and empty be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 374बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया है कि जैसा नाज़ुक समय नजदीक आता जायेगा तो अनेक आत्मायें आपसे थोड़े समय की खुशी की मांगनी करने के लिए आयेंगी . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā hai ki jaisā nāzuk samay najdīk ātā jāyēgā tō anēk ātmāyē̃ āpsē thōṛē samay kī|key khuśhī kī|key māṅgnī karnē kē liē āyēṅgī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nāzuk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nazdīk ānā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] tō anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.sē] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mā̃gnā[inf.f.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that like x time x come[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] then many soul you[.sē] short time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ask[inf.f.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
339Today, sweet BapDada especially remembered the double holy swans who fly and swim, that is those who constantly stay in the elevated stage and who swim whilst churning the nectar of knowledge. 340Baba played holi personally with all these children and also gave special greetings and remembrances for Holi festival.
375इतनी सेवा करनी है जो कोई भी खाली हाथ नहीं जाये . itnī sēvā karnī hai jō kōī bhī khālī hāth nahī̃ jāyē . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] jō[pn.;d.] kōī bhī[x] khālī[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . such service do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that anyone empty hand not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
341Baba says: Holi means 'ho li', that is, I have now become Yours.
376जितनी खुशी बांटेंगे उतनी खुशी बढ़ती जायेगी . jitnī khuśhī bāṇṭē̃gē utnī khuśhī baṛhtī jāyēgī . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . the more happiness distribute[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x happiness grow[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . 377तो यह देना , देना नहीं , लेना है . tō yah dēnā , dēnā nahī̃ , lēnā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then this give[inf.m.sg.d.] , give[inf.m.sg.d.] not , take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
342Baba especially remembered those children who have left Baba due to one reason or another and have left Baba's study.
378अच्छा है , सबके चेहरे में उमंग-उत्साह है . achchhā hai , sabkē chēhrē mē̃ umaṅg-utsāh hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , everyone's face in zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] . 379लेकिन अटेन्शन क्या रखना हे . lēkin attention kyā rakhnā hē . lēkin attention kyā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hē . but attention what keep[inf.m.sg.d.] x .
343Together with this letter, I am also sending Baba's special murli.
380ऐसा चेहरा सदा ही रहे . aisā chēhrā sadā hī rahē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā hī[p.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . such face constantly only (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 381अभी के चेहरे का भी फोटो निकालो . abhī kē|K chēhrē kā bhī phōṭō nikālō . ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now (of|K) face of too photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 382रोज इस फोटो को देखो कि ऐसा है या बदल गया है . rōj is phōṭō kō dēkhō ki aisā hai yā badal gayā hai . rōz yah[pn.sg.o.] photo kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā badalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . day this photograph to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that such be[pres.sg.23] or change[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 383इस कैमरे से नहीं , दिव्य दृष्टि के कैमरे से अपना फोटो खींच सकते हो . is kaimarē sē nahī̃ , divya dr̥iṣhṭi kē|K kaimarē sē apnā phōṭō khīñch saktē hō . yah[pn.sg.o.] camera[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , divya dr̥iṣhṭi[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K camera[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . this camera from not , divine vision (of|K) camera from (adopt[root]|one’s own) photograph pull[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
344Baba, the Ocean of Love, the Merciful One always has a vision of mercy, a feeling of forgiveness and the pure inspiration of letting the past be the past and moving forward to earn an income for the future.
384यह कैमरा तो सबके पास है ना ? yah camera tō sabkē pās|pass hai nā ? yah[pn.sg.d.] camera tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? this camera then everyone's (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 385और यह गुम भी नहीं होगा . aur yah gum bhī nahī̃ hōgā . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] gum[adj.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and this disappeared too not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
345Baba is always calling the children in a subtle way, saying, 'Come child, come.
386तो सदा खुशी के और कोई चिन्ह नहीं होना चाहिए . tō sadā khuśhī kē|K aur kōī chinh nahī̃ hōnā chāhiē . tō sadā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur kōī[x] chinh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . then constantly happiness (of|K) someone else symbol not (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) . 387कभी मूड ऑफ वाला चेहरा न हो . kabhī mood off vālā chēhrā na hō . kabhī[adv.] mood off[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ever off-mood those who face not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
346Do not lose your inheritance due to Maya.' You can hear these words echoing in your ears, can you not?
388कभी माया से हार खाने के कारण दिल-शिकस्त वाला चेहरा न हो . kabhī māyā sē hār khānē kē|K kāraṇ dil-śhikast vālā chēhrā na hō . kabhī[adv.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilśhikast[adj.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ever Maya from (x|x[root]) (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (of|K) because disheartened those who face not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
347As soon as you hear these words from Baba, the sound emerges, 'Sweet Baba', and Baba replies, 'Sweet child'.
389आप सभी हीरो-हीरोइन एक्टर हो , आपको पार्ट है खुश रहना और खुशी बांटना . āp sabhī hero-heroine actor hō , āpkō part hai khuśh rahnā aur khuśhī bāṇṭnā . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] hero-heroine actor hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kō] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you all hero and heroine actor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , you[.kō] part be[pres.sg.23] happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and happiness distribute[inf.m.sg.d.] .
348You can hear this sound, can you not? 349Achcha." 350Lots of love and remembrances to all. - B.K. 351Prakashmani
390अच्छा - ओमशान्ति . achchhā - ōmśhānti . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ōm śhānti . achcha - Om Shanti .
352* * O M S H A N T I * * *